blob: fc5ff8668e9539cd43681ab3670fe2ce89f65e7c [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000015#include "CXXABI.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000016#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000018#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000019#include "clang/AST/Comment.h"
Dmitri Gribenkoca7f80a2012-08-09 00:03:17 +000020#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Chandler Carruthaa36b892015-12-30 03:40:23 +000022#include "clang/AST/DeclContextInternals.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000023#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000024#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000025#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000026#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000027#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000028#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Reid Klecknerd8110b62013-09-10 20:14:30 +000029#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000030#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +000031#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000032#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Reid Kleckner96f8f932014-02-05 17:27:08 +000033#include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000034#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000035#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000036#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Robert Lyttoneaf6f362013-11-12 10:09:34 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Benjamin Kramerea70eb32012-12-01 15:09:41 +000040#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000041#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000042#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +000043#include <map>
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000044
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000045using namespace clang;
46
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000047unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000049unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000051unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors;
52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000053unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
54unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Alexis Huntfcaeae42011-05-25 20:50:04 +000055unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators;
56unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000057unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
58unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
59
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000060enum FloatingRank {
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +000061 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000062};
63
Dmitri Gribenkof26054f2012-07-11 21:38:39 +000064RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000065 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) {
66 ExternalSource->ReadComments();
Dmitri Gribenko9ee0e302014-03-27 15:40:39 +000067
68#ifndef NDEBUG
69 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
70 assert(std::is_sorted(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
71 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment>(SourceMgr)));
72#endif
73
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +000074 CommentsLoaded = true;
75 }
76
77 assert(D);
78
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000079 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations.
80 if (D->isImplicit())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +000081 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkodf17d642012-06-28 16:19:39 +000082
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000083 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations.
84 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
85 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +000086 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +000087 }
88
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000089 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
90 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
91 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +000092 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000093 }
94
95 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
96 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +000097 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +000098 }
99
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000100 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
101 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) {
102 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind();
103 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation ||
104 TSK == TSK_Undeclared)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000105 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000106 }
107
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +0000108 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
109 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000110 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkob1ad9932012-08-20 22:36:31 +0000111 }
Fariborz Jahanian799a4032013-04-17 21:05:20 +0000112 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
113 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the
114 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment
115 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000116 return nullptr;
Fariborz Jahanian799a4032013-04-17 21:05:20 +0000117 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000118 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly.
119 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000120 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000121
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000122 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template
123 // documentation.
124 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) ||
125 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) ||
126 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D))
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000127 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000128
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000129 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments();
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000130
131 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
132 if (RawComments.empty())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000133 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000134
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000135 // Find declaration location.
136 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple
137 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration
138 // location".
139 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently,
140 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location".
141 SourceLocation DeclLoc;
142 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko34df2202012-07-31 22:37:06 +0000143 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) ||
Dmitri Gribenko7f4b3772012-08-02 20:49:51 +0000144 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) ||
145 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D))
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000146 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
Fariborz Jahanianb64e95f2013-07-24 22:58:51 +0000147 else {
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000148 DeclLoc = D->getLocation();
Dmitri Gribenkoef099dc2014-03-27 16:40:51 +0000149 if (DeclLoc.isMacroID()) {
150 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D)) {
151 // If location of the typedef name is in a macro, it is because being
152 // declared via a macro. Try using declaration's starting location as
153 // the "declaration location".
154 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart();
155 } else if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
156 // If location of the tag decl is inside a macro, but the spelling of
157 // the tag name comes from a macro argument, it looks like a special
158 // macro like NS_ENUM is being used to define the tag decl. In that
159 // case, adjust the source location to the expansion loc so that we can
160 // attach the comment to the tag decl.
161 if (SourceMgr.isMacroArgExpansion(DeclLoc) &&
162 TD->isCompleteDefinition())
163 DeclLoc = SourceMgr.getExpansionLoc(DeclLoc);
164 }
165 }
Fariborz Jahanianb64e95f2013-07-24 22:58:51 +0000166 }
Dmitri Gribenkoe7bb9442012-07-13 01:06:46 +0000167
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000168 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
169 // can't find the comment.
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000170 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000171 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000172
173 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration.
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000174 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment;
175 {
176 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking
177 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them
178 // first.
Dmitri Gribenkoa7d16ce2013-04-10 15:35:17 +0000179 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc(
180 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false,
181 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments);
Dmitri Gribenko82ea9472012-07-17 22:01:09 +0000182 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr);
183 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1;
184 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
185 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) {
186 MaybeBeforeDecl--;
187 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc);
188 }
189
190 if (Found) {
191 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1;
192 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
193 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare));
194 } else {
195 // Slow path.
196 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(),
197 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare);
198 }
199 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000200
201 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the
202 // file buffer.
203 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc);
204
205 // First check whether we have a trailing comment.
206 if (Comment != RawComments.end() &&
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000207 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() &&
Fariborz Jahanianfad28542013-08-06 23:29:00 +0000208 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D) ||
Fariborz Jahanian3ab62222013-08-07 16:40:29 +0000209 isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D))) {
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000210 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000211 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000212 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts
213 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration.
214 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first &&
215 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second)
216 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first,
217 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) {
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000218 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000219 }
220 }
221
222 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment.
223 // Let's look at the previous comment.
224 if (Comment == RawComments.begin())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000225 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000226 --Comment;
227
228 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment.
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000229 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000230 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000231
232 // Decompose the end of the comment.
233 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000234 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd());
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000235
236 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
237 // aren't related.
238 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000239 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000240
241 // Get the corresponding buffer.
242 bool Invalid = false;
243 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first,
244 &Invalid).data();
245 if (Invalid)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000246 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000247
248 // Extract text between the comment and declaration.
249 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second,
250 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second);
251
Dmitri Gribenko7e8729b2012-06-27 23:43:37 +0000252 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between
253 // comment and declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb534d3a2013-07-26 18:38:12 +0000254 if (Text.find_first_of(";{}#@") != StringRef::npos)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000255 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000256
Dmitri Gribenko7dd29d42012-07-06 18:19:34 +0000257 return *Comment;
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000258}
259
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000260namespace {
261/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to
262/// refer to the actual template.
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000263/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template.
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000264const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) {
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000265 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000266 // Is this function declaration part of a function template?
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000267 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000268 return FTD;
269
270 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation.
271 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
272 return D;
273
274 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template?
275 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
276 return FTD;
277
278 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
279 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl =
280 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
281 return MemberDecl;
282
283 return D;
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000284 }
Dmitri Gribenko90631802012-08-22 17:44:32 +0000285 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
286 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class
287 // template?
288 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
289 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
290 return MemberDecl;
291
292 return D;
293 }
294 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
295 // Is this class declaration part of a class template?
296 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
297 return CTD;
298
299 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial
300 // specialization?
301 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD =
302 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) {
303 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
304 return D;
305 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *,
306 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>
307 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial();
308 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ?
309 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) :
310 static_cast<const Decl*>(
311 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>());
312 }
313
314 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
315 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info =
316 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
317 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom();
318
319 return D;
320 }
321 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
322 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template?
323 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum())
324 return MemberDecl;
325
326 return D;
327 }
328 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates?
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000329 return D;
330}
Eugene Zelenkod4304d22015-11-04 21:37:17 +0000331} // anonymous namespace
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000332
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000333const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(
334 const Decl *D,
335 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const {
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000336 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Douglas Gregor35ceb272012-08-13 16:37:30 +0000337
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000338 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already.
339 {
340 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
341 RedeclComments.find(D);
342 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
343 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000344 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
345 if (OriginalDecl)
346 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000347 return Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000348 }
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000349 }
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000350 }
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000351
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000352 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain.
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000353 const RawComment *RC = nullptr;
354 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +0000355 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000356 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos =
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +0000357 RedeclComments.find(I);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000358 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) {
359 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second;
360 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) {
361 RC = Raw.getRaw();
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000362 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl();
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000363 break;
364 }
365 } else {
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +0000366 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(I);
367 OriginalDeclForRC = I;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000368 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
369 if (RC) {
Will Wilsonf9de5362015-10-27 17:01:10 +0000370 // Call order swapped to work around ICE in VS2015 RTM (Release Win32)
371 // https://connect.microsoft.com/VisualStudio/feedback/details/1741530
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000372 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl);
Will Wilsonf9de5362015-10-27 17:01:10 +0000373 Raw.setRaw(RC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000374 } else
375 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl);
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +0000376 Raw.setOriginalDecl(I);
377 RedeclComments[I] = Raw;
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000378 if (RC)
379 break;
380 }
381 }
382
Dmitri Gribenko5c8897d2012-06-28 16:25:36 +0000383 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment.
384 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation());
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000385
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000386 if (OriginalDecl)
387 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC;
388
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000389 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain.
390 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw;
391 Raw.setRaw(RC);
392 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000393 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC);
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000394
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +0000395 for (auto I : D->redecls()) {
396 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[I];
Dmitri Gribenkoa43ec182012-08-11 00:51:43 +0000397 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl)
398 R = Raw;
399 }
400
Dmitri Gribenkoaab83832012-06-20 00:34:58 +0000401 return RC;
402}
403
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000404static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
405 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) {
406 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext();
407 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) {
408 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface();
409 if (!ID)
410 return;
411 // Add redeclared method here.
Aaron Ballmanb4a53452014-03-13 21:57:01 +0000412 for (const auto *Ext : ID->known_extensions()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000413 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod =
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +0000414 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(),
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000415 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod()))
416 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod);
417 }
418 }
419}
420
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000421comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC,
422 const Decl *D) const {
423 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo;
424 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D;
425 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false;
426 ThisDeclInfo->fill();
427 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7daabbd2014-04-27 22:53:03 +0000428 if (!ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters)
429 ThisDeclInfo->TemplateParameters = FC->getDeclInfo()->TemplateParameters;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000430 comments::FullComment *CFC =
431 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(),
432 ThisDeclInfo);
433 return CFC;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000434}
435
Richard Smithb39b9d52013-05-21 05:24:00 +0000436comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const {
437 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000438 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, nullptr, D) : nullptr;
Richard Smithb39b9d52013-05-21 05:24:00 +0000439}
440
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000441comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(
442 const Decl *D,
443 const Preprocessor *PP) const {
Fariborz Jahanian096f7c12013-05-13 17:27:00 +0000444 if (D->isInvalidDecl())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000445 return nullptr;
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000446 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000447
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000448 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl();
449 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos =
450 ParsedComments.find(Canonical);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000451
452 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) {
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000453 if (Canonical != D) {
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000454 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian42e31322012-10-11 23:52:50 +0000455 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000456 return CFC;
457 }
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000458 return Pos->second;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000459 }
460
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000461 const Decl *OriginalDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000462
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000463 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000464 if (!RC) {
465 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000466 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden;
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000467 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000468 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor())
469 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl())
470 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP))
471 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian37494a12013-01-12 00:28:34 +0000472 if (OMD)
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +0000473 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden);
474 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden);
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000475 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++)
476 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP))
477 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000478 }
Fariborz Jahanian6384fbb2013-05-02 15:44:16 +0000479 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000480 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000481 // does not have one of its own.
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000482 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType();
Dmitri Gribenko01b06512013-01-27 21:18:39 +0000483 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>())
484 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl())
485 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP))
Fariborz Jahanian66024d02013-01-25 23:08:39 +0000486 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
Fariborz Jahanian40abf342013-01-25 22:48:32 +0000487 }
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000488 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
489 while (IC->getSuperClass()) {
490 IC = IC->getSuperClass();
491 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
492 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
493 }
494 }
495 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) {
496 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface())
497 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP))
498 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
499 }
500 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) {
501 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition()))
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000502 return nullptr;
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000503 // Check non-virtual bases.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000504 for (const auto &I : RD->bases()) {
505 if (I.isVirtual() || (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public))
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000506 continue;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000507 QualType Ty = I.getType();
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000508 if (Ty.isNull())
509 continue;
510 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
511 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition()))
512 continue;
513
514 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP))
515 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
516 }
517 }
518 // Check virtual bases.
Aaron Ballman445a9392014-03-13 16:15:17 +0000519 for (const auto &I : RD->vbases()) {
520 if (I.getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)
Fariborz Jahanian5a2e4a22013-04-26 23:34:36 +0000521 continue;
Aaron Ballman445a9392014-03-13 16:15:17 +0000522 QualType Ty = I.getType();
Fariborz Jahaniane970c1b2013-04-26 20:55:38 +0000523 if (Ty.isNull())
524 continue;
525 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
526 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition()))
527 continue;
528 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP))
529 return cloneFullComment(FC, D);
530 }
531 }
532 }
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000533 return nullptr;
Fariborz Jahanian1c883b92012-10-10 18:34:52 +0000534 }
535
Dmitri Gribenkobfda9f72012-08-22 18:12:19 +0000536 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we
537 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important
538 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be
539 // different across redeclarations.
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000540 if (D != OriginalDecl)
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000541 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP);
Dmitri Gribenko4ae66a32012-08-16 18:19:43 +0000542
Dmitri Gribenko6743e042012-09-29 11:40:46 +0000543 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D);
Dmitri Gribenkob2610882012-08-14 17:17:18 +0000544 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC;
545 return FC;
Dmitri Gribenkoec925312012-07-06 00:28:32 +0000546}
547
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000548void
549ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
550 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
551 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
552 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000553 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000554
555 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
556 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
557 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
558 PEnd = Params->end();
559 P != PEnd; ++P) {
560 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
561 ID.AddInteger(0);
562 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
563 continue;
564 }
565
566 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
567 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000568 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000569 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000570 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
571 ID.AddBoolean(true);
572 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
Eli Friedman205a4292012-03-07 01:09:33 +0000573 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
574 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I);
575 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr());
576 }
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000577 } else
578 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000579 continue;
580 }
581
582 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
583 ID.AddInteger(2);
584 Profile(ID, TTP);
585 }
586}
587
588TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
589ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000590 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000591 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
592 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
593 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000594 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000595 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
596 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
597 if (Canonical)
598 return Canonical->getParam();
599
600 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
601 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000602 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000603 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
604 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
605 PEnd = Params->end();
606 P != PEnd; ++P) {
607 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
608 CanonParams.push_back(
609 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000610 SourceLocation(),
611 SourceLocation(),
612 TTP->getDepth(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000613 TTP->getIndex(), nullptr, false,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000614 TTP->isParameterPack()));
615 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000616 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
617 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
618 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
619 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
620 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000621 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
622 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000623 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
624 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
625 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
626 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
627 }
628
629 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000630 SourceLocation(),
631 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000632 NTTP->getDepth(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000633 NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000634 T,
635 TInfo,
636 ExpandedTypes.data(),
637 ExpandedTypes.size(),
638 ExpandedTInfos.data());
639 } else {
640 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000641 SourceLocation(),
642 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000643 NTTP->getDepth(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000644 NTTP->getPosition(), nullptr,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000645 T,
646 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
647 TInfo);
648 }
649 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
650
651 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000652 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
653 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
654 }
655
656 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
657 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
658 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000659 TTP->getPosition(),
660 TTP->isParameterPack(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000661 nullptr,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000662 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
663 SourceLocation(),
David Majnemer902f8c62015-12-27 07:16:27 +0000664 CanonParams,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000665 SourceLocation()));
666
667 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
668 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000669 assert(!Canonical && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000670 (void)Canonical;
671
672 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
673 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
674 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
675 return CanonTTP;
676}
677
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000678CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +0000679 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return nullptr;
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000680
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000681 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Joerg Sonnenbergerdaa13aa2014-05-13 11:20:16 +0000682 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: // Same as Itanium at this level
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000683 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +0000684 case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
Tim Northover756447a2015-10-30 16:30:36 +0000685 case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
Joerg Sonnenbergerdaa13aa2014-05-13 11:20:16 +0000686 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
Zoran Jovanovic26a12162015-02-18 15:21:35 +0000687 case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000688 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000689 case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000690 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +0000691 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000692 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
693 }
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +0000694 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!");
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000695}
696
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000697static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000698 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
699 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
700 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
701 // language-specific address space.
702 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
703 1, // opencl_global
704 2, // opencl_local
Peter Collingbournef44bdf92012-05-20 21:08:35 +0000705 3, // opencl_constant
Anastasia Stulova2c8dcfb2014-11-26 14:10:06 +0000706 4, // opencl_generic
707 5, // cuda_device
708 6, // cuda_constant
709 7 // cuda_shared
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000710 };
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000711 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap;
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000712 } else {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000713 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap();
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000714 }
715}
716
David Tweed31d09b02013-09-13 12:04:22 +0000717static bool isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(const TargetInfo &TI,
718 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
719 switch (LangOpts.getAddressSpaceMapMangling()) {
David Tweed31d09b02013-09-13 12:04:22 +0000720 case LangOptions::ASMM_Target:
721 return TI.useAddressSpaceMapMangling();
722 case LangOptions::ASMM_On:
723 return true;
724 case LangOptions::ASMM_Off:
725 return false;
726 }
NAKAMURA Takumi5c81ca42013-09-13 17:12:09 +0000727 llvm_unreachable("getAddressSpaceMapMangling() doesn't cover anything.");
David Tweed31d09b02013-09-13 12:04:22 +0000728}
729
Alexey Samsonov0b15e342014-10-15 22:17:27 +0000730ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions &LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000731 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Alp Toker08043432014-05-03 03:46:04 +0000732 Builtin::Context &builtins)
Alexey Samsonov0b15e342014-10-15 22:17:27 +0000733 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
734 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
735 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()),
736 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(nullptr), Int128Decl(nullptr),
737 UInt128Decl(nullptr), Float128StubDecl(nullptr),
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +0000738 BuiltinVaListDecl(nullptr), BuiltinMSVaListDecl(nullptr),
739 ObjCIdDecl(nullptr), ObjCSelDecl(nullptr), ObjCClassDecl(nullptr),
740 ObjCProtocolClassDecl(nullptr), BOOLDecl(nullptr),
Alexey Samsonov0b15e342014-10-15 22:17:27 +0000741 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(nullptr), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(nullptr),
742 FILEDecl(nullptr), jmp_bufDecl(nullptr), sigjmp_bufDecl(nullptr),
743 ucontext_tDecl(nullptr), BlockDescriptorType(nullptr),
744 BlockDescriptorExtendedType(nullptr), cudaConfigureCallDecl(nullptr),
Richard Smithf19e1272015-03-07 00:04:49 +0000745 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), ExternCContext(nullptr),
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000746 MakeIntegerSeqDecl(nullptr), SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Alexey Samsonova511cdd2015-02-04 17:40:08 +0000747 SanitizerBL(new SanitizerBlacklist(LangOpts.SanitizerBlacklistFiles, SM)),
Artem Belevichb5bc9232015-09-22 17:23:22 +0000748 AddrSpaceMap(nullptr), Target(nullptr), AuxTarget(nullptr),
749 PrintingPolicy(LOpts), Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
750 BuiltinInfo(builtins), DeclarationNames(*this), ExternalSource(nullptr),
751 Listener(nullptr), Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false),
Alexey Samsonov0b15e342014-10-15 22:17:27 +0000752 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), LastSDM(nullptr, 0) {
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000753 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
754}
755
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000756ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +0000757 ReleaseParentMapEntries();
758
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000759 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
760 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
761 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000762
Manuel Klimeka7328992013-06-03 13:51:33 +0000763 // Call all of the deallocation functions on all of their targets.
Chandler Carruthff5a01a2015-12-30 03:00:23 +0000764 for (auto &Pair : Deallocations)
765 (Pair.first)(Pair.second);
Manuel Klimeka7328992013-06-03 13:51:33 +0000766
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000767 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000768 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
769 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
770 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
771 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
772 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
773 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
774 R->Destroy(*this);
775
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000776 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
777 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
778 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
779 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
780 R->Destroy(*this);
781 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000782
783 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
784 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
785 A != AEnd; ++A)
786 A->second->~AttrVec();
Reid Klecknerd8110b62013-09-10 20:14:30 +0000787
David Majnemere694f3e2015-08-14 14:43:50 +0000788 for (std::pair<const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *, APValue *> &MTVPair :
789 MaterializedTemporaryValues)
790 MTVPair.second->~APValue();
791
Reid Kleckner588c9372014-02-19 23:44:52 +0000792 llvm::DeleteContainerSeconds(MangleNumberingContexts);
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000793}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000794
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +0000795void ASTContext::ReleaseParentMapEntries() {
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +0000796 if (!PointerParents) return;
797 for (const auto &Entry : *PointerParents) {
798 if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
799 delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
800 } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
801 delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
802 }
803 }
804 for (const auto &Entry : *OtherParents) {
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +0000805 if (Entry.second.is<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>()) {
806 delete Entry.second.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +0000807 } else if (Entry.second.is<ParentVector *>()) {
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +0000808 delete Entry.second.get<ParentVector *>();
809 }
810 }
811}
812
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000813void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
Chandler Carruthff5a01a2015-12-30 03:00:23 +0000814 Deallocations.push_back({Callback, Data});
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000815}
816
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000817void
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b7ed912014-02-27 04:11:59 +0000818ASTContext::setExternalSource(IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> Source) {
819 ExternalSource = Source;
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000820}
821
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000822void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000823 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n";
824 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n";
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000825
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000826 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000827#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000828#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
829#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
830 0 // Extra
831 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000832
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000833 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
834 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000835 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000836 }
837
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000838 unsigned Idx = 0;
839 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
840#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
841 if (counts[Idx]) \
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000842 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \
843 << " types\n"; \
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000844 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
845 ++Idx;
846#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
847#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000849 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n";
850
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000851 // Implicit special member functions.
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000852 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/"
853 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors
854 << " implicit default constructors created\n";
855 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/"
856 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors
857 << " implicit copy constructors created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000859 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/"
860 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors
861 << " implicit move constructors created\n";
862 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
863 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators
864 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n";
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000866 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/"
867 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators
868 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n";
869 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/"
870 << NumImplicitDestructors
871 << " implicit destructors created\n";
872
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b7ed912014-02-27 04:11:59 +0000873 if (ExternalSource) {
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000874 llvm::errs() << "\n";
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000875 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
876 }
Chandler Carruth3c147a72011-07-04 05:32:14 +0000877
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000878 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000879}
880
Richard Smith42413142015-05-15 20:05:43 +0000881void ASTContext::mergeDefinitionIntoModule(NamedDecl *ND, Module *M,
882 bool NotifyListeners) {
883 if (NotifyListeners)
884 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener())
885 Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(ND, M);
886
887 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
888 MergedDefModules[ND].push_back(M);
889 else
890 ND->setHidden(false);
891}
892
893void ASTContext::deduplicateMergedDefinitonsFor(NamedDecl *ND) {
894 auto It = MergedDefModules.find(ND);
895 if (It == MergedDefModules.end())
896 return;
897
898 auto &Merged = It->second;
899 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> Found;
900 for (Module *&M : Merged)
901 if (!Found.insert(M).second)
902 M = nullptr;
903 Merged.erase(std::remove(Merged.begin(), Merged.end(), nullptr), Merged.end());
904}
905
Richard Smithf19e1272015-03-07 00:04:49 +0000906ExternCContextDecl *ASTContext::getExternCContextDecl() const {
907 if (!ExternCContext)
908 ExternCContext = ExternCContextDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl());
909
910 return ExternCContext;
911}
912
David Majnemerd9b1a4f2015-11-04 03:40:30 +0000913BuiltinTemplateDecl *
914ASTContext::buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BuiltinTemplateKind BTK,
915 const IdentifierInfo *II) const {
916 auto *BuiltinTemplate = BuiltinTemplateDecl::Create(*this, TUDecl, II, BTK);
917 BuiltinTemplate->setImplicit();
918 TUDecl->addDecl(BuiltinTemplate);
919
920 return BuiltinTemplate;
921}
922
923BuiltinTemplateDecl *
924ASTContext::getMakeIntegerSeqDecl() const {
925 if (!MakeIntegerSeqDecl)
926 MakeIntegerSeqDecl = buildBuiltinTemplateDecl(BTK__make_integer_seq,
927 getMakeIntegerSeqName());
928 return MakeIntegerSeqDecl;
929}
930
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +0000931RecordDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitRecord(StringRef Name,
932 RecordDecl::TagKind TK) const {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000933 SourceLocation Loc;
934 RecordDecl *NewDecl;
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +0000935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
936 NewDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc,
937 Loc, &Idents.get(Name));
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000938 else
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +0000939 NewDecl = RecordDecl::Create(*this, TK, getTranslationUnitDecl(), Loc, Loc,
940 &Idents.get(Name));
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000941 NewDecl->setImplicit();
David Majnemerf8637362015-01-15 08:41:25 +0000942 NewDecl->addAttr(TypeVisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
943 const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), TypeVisibilityAttr::Default));
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000944 return NewDecl;
945}
946
947TypedefDecl *ASTContext::buildImplicitTypedef(QualType T,
948 StringRef Name) const {
949 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
950 TypedefDecl *NewDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(
951 const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), getTranslationUnitDecl(),
952 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), &Idents.get(Name), TInfo);
953 NewDecl->setImplicit();
954 return NewDecl;
955}
956
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000957TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000958 if (!Int128Decl)
959 Int128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(Int128Ty, "__int128_t");
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000960 return Int128Decl;
961}
962
963TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000964 if (!UInt128Decl)
965 UInt128Decl = buildImplicitTypedef(UnsignedInt128Ty, "__uint128_t");
Douglas Gregor801c99d2011-08-12 06:49:56 +0000966 return UInt128Decl;
967}
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000968
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000969TypeDecl *ASTContext::getFloat128StubType() const {
Nico Weber5b0b46f2013-06-21 01:29:36 +0000970 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus && "should only be called for c++");
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000971 if (!Float128StubDecl)
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +0000972 Float128StubDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__float128");
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +0000973
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000974 return Float128StubDecl;
975}
976
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000977void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000978 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000979 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000980 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000981}
982
Artem Belevichb5bc9232015-09-22 17:23:22 +0000983void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target,
984 const TargetInfo *AuxTarget) {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000985 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) &&
986 "Incorrect target reinitialization");
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000987 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000989 this->Target = &Target;
Artem Belevichb5bc9232015-09-22 17:23:22 +0000990 this->AuxTarget = AuxTarget;
991
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000992 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target));
993 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts);
David Tweed31d09b02013-09-13 12:04:22 +0000994 AddrSpaceMapMangling = isAddrSpaceMapManglingEnabled(Target, LangOpts);
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000995
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000996 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000997 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000998
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000999 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +00001000 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001001 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +00001002 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +00001003 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
1004 else
1005 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001006 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +00001007 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
1008 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
1009 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
1010 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
1011 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001012
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001013 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +00001014 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
1015 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
1016 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
1017 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
1018 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001019
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001020 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +00001021 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
1022 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
1023 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001024
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00001025 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
1026 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
1027 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
1028
Hans Wennborg0d81e012013-05-10 10:08:40 +00001029 // C++ 3.9.1p5
1030 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
1031 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
1032 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
1033 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
1034 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar)
1035 WideCharTy = WCharTy;
1036 else {
1037 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar).
1038 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
1039 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001040
James Molloy36365542012-05-04 10:55:22 +00001041 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType());
1042
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001043 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
1044 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
1045 else // C99
1046 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
1047
1048 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
1049 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
1050 else // C99
1051 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
1052
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001053 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
1054 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
1055 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
1056 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
1057 // expressions.
1058 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001059
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +00001060 // Placeholder type for functions.
1061 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
1062
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +00001063 // Placeholder type for bound members.
1064 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
1065
John McCall526ab472011-10-25 17:37:35 +00001066 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects.
1067 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject);
1068
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +00001069 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
1070 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
1071
John McCall8a6b59a2011-10-17 18:09:15 +00001072 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts.
1073 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast);
1074
Eli Friedman34866c72012-08-31 00:14:07 +00001075 // Placeholder type for builtin functions.
1076 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn);
1077
Alexey Bataev1a3320e2015-08-25 14:24:04 +00001078 // Placeholder type for OMP array sections.
1079 if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
1080 InitBuiltinType(OMPArraySectionTy, BuiltinType::OMPArraySection);
1081
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001082 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001083 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
1084 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
1085 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001086
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00001087 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001088 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
1089 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00001090 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001091
1092 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
1093 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d);
1094 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray);
1095 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer);
1096 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d);
1097 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray);
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00001098 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dDepthTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dDepth);
1099 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayDepthTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayDepth);
1100 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dMSAATy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAA);
1101 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayMSAATy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAA);
1102 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dMSAADepthTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAADepth);
1103 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthTy,
1104 BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepth);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001105 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001106
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001107 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler);
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001108 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent);
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00001109 InitBuiltinType(OCLClkEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent);
1110 InitBuiltinType(OCLQueueTy, BuiltinType::OCLQueue);
1111 InitBuiltinType(OCLNDRangeTy, BuiltinType::OCLNDRange);
1112 InitBuiltinType(OCLReserveIDTy, BuiltinType::OCLReserveID);
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001113 }
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +00001114
1115 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no
Fariborz Jahanian29898f42012-04-16 21:03:30 +00001116 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ?
1117 SignedCharTy : BoolTy);
Ted Kremeneke65b0862012-03-06 20:05:56 +00001118
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001119 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00001120
1121 ObjCSuperType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001122
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00001123 // void * type
1124 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001125
1126 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
1127 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001128
1129 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16
1130 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half);
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00001131
1132 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list.
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00001133 VaListTagDecl = nullptr;
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001134}
1135
David Blaikie9c902b52011-09-25 23:23:43 +00001136DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +00001137 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
1138}
1139
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +00001140AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
1141 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
1142 if (!Result) {
1143 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
1144 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
1145 }
1146
1147 return *Result;
1148}
1149
1150/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
1151void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
1152 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
1153 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
1154 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
1155 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
1156 }
1157}
1158
Larisse Voufo39a1e502013-08-06 01:03:05 +00001159// FIXME: Remove ?
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001160MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +00001161ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001162 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Larisse Voufo39a1e502013-08-06 01:03:05 +00001163 return getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Var)
1164 .dyn_cast<MemberSpecializationInfo *>();
1165}
1166
1167ASTContext::TemplateOrSpecializationInfo
1168ASTContext::getTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(const VarDecl *Var) {
1169 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, TemplateOrSpecializationInfo>::iterator Pos =
1170 TemplateOrInstantiation.find(Var);
1171 if (Pos == TemplateOrInstantiation.end())
1172 return TemplateOrSpecializationInfo();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001173
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001174 return Pos->second;
1175}
1176
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001177void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +00001178ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +00001179 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
1180 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001181 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
1182 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Larisse Voufo39a1e502013-08-06 01:03:05 +00001183 setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(Inst, new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(
1184 Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation));
1185}
1186
1187void
1188ASTContext::setTemplateOrSpecializationInfo(VarDecl *Inst,
1189 TemplateOrSpecializationInfo TSI) {
1190 assert(!TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] &&
1191 "Already noted what the variable was instantiated from");
1192 TemplateOrInstantiation[Inst] = TSI;
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +00001193}
1194
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001195FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern(
1196 const FunctionDecl *FD){
1197 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1198 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001199 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD);
1200 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001201 return nullptr;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001202
1203 return Pos->second;
1204}
1205
1206void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD,
1207 FunctionDecl *Pattern) {
1208 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0");
1209 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0");
Francois Pichet57928252011-08-14 14:28:49 +00001210 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern;
Francois Pichet00c7e6c2011-08-14 03:52:19 +00001211}
1212
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001213NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001214ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +00001215 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001216 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
1217 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001218 return nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001219
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001220 return Pos->second;
1221}
1222
1223void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001224ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
1225 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
1226 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
1227 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
1228 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
1229 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1230 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
1231}
1232
1233UsingShadowDecl *
1234ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
1235 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
1236 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
1237 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001238 return nullptr;
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001239
1240 return Pos->second;
1241}
1242
1243void
1244ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
1245 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
1246 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
1247 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +00001248}
1249
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001250FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
1251 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
1252 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
1253 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001254 return nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001255
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001256 return Pos->second;
1257}
1258
1259void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
1260 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
1261 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
1262 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
1263 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
1264 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +00001266 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
1267}
1268
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001269ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1270ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1271 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001272 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001273 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001274 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001275
1276 return Pos->second.begin();
1277}
1278
1279ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
1280ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1281 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001282 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001283 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00001284 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001285
1286 return Pos->second.end();
1287}
1288
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001289unsigned
1290ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
1291 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001292 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +00001293 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
1294 return 0;
1295
1296 return Pos->second.size();
1297}
1298
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001299void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
1300 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscc4ca0a2012-10-09 01:23:45 +00001301 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl());
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +00001302 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
1303}
1304
Dmitri Gribenko941ab0f2012-11-03 14:24:57 +00001305void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods(
1306 const NamedDecl *D,
1307 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001308 assert(D);
1309
1310 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc8e70082013-04-17 00:09:03 +00001311 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod),
1312 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001313 return;
1314 }
1315
1316 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1317 if (!Method)
1318 return;
1319
Argyrios Kyrtzidis353f6a42012-10-09 18:19:01 +00001320 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls;
1321 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa7a10812012-10-09 20:08:43 +00001322 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9556e62012-10-09 01:23:50 +00001323}
1324
Douglas Gregor0f2a3602011-12-03 00:30:27 +00001325void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) {
1326 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain");
1327 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration");
1328 if (!FirstLocalImport) {
1329 FirstLocalImport = Import;
1330 LastLocalImport = Import;
1331 return;
1332 }
1333
1334 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import;
1335 LastLocalImport = Import;
1336}
1337
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1339// Type Sizing and Analysis
1340//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001341
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001342/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
1343/// scalar floating point type.
1344const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001345 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001346 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
1347 switch (BT->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001348 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001349 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat();
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001350 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat();
1351 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat();
1352 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001353 }
1354}
1355
Rafael Espindola71eccb32013-08-08 19:53:46 +00001356CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool ForAlignof) const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001357 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth();
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001358
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001359 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
1360 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
1361 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001362
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001363 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
1364 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
1365 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
1366 //
Peter Collingbourne2f3cf4b2011-09-29 18:04:28 +00001367 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001368 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
1369 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1370 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1371 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
1372 } else {
1373 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
1374 }
1375 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +00001376 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
1377 UseAlignAttrOnly =
1378 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
1379 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001380
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001381 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
1382 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001383 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001384 // do nothing
1385
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +00001386 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001387 QualType T = VD->getType();
Richard Smithf6d70302014-06-10 23:34:28 +00001388 if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Rafael Espindola71eccb32013-08-08 19:53:46 +00001389 if (ForAlignof)
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001390 T = RT->getPointeeType();
1391 else
1392 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
1393 }
Richard Smithf6d70302014-06-10 23:34:28 +00001394 QualType BaseT = getBaseElementType(T);
1395 if (!BaseT->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001396 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
1397 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindola88572752013-08-07 18:08:19 +00001398 if (const ArrayType *arrayType = getAsArrayType(T)) {
Rafael Espindola71eccb32013-08-08 19:53:46 +00001399 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth();
1400 if (!ForAlignof && MinWidth) {
Rafael Espindola88572752013-08-07 18:08:19 +00001401 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
1402 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
1403 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
1404 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
1405 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign());
1406 }
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001407 }
Chad Rosier99ee7822011-07-26 07:03:04 +00001408 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
Ulrich Weigandfa806422013-05-06 16:23:57 +00001409 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Ulrich Weigandb63f7792015-04-21 17:26:18 +00001410 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && !ForAlignof)
Ulrich Weigandfa806422013-05-06 16:23:57 +00001411 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
1412 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001413 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001414
1415 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
1416 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
1417 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
1418 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
1419 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
Matt Beaumont-Gay35779952013-06-25 22:19:15 +00001420 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
1421 const RecordDecl *Parent = Field->getParent();
1422 // We can only produce a sensible answer if the record is valid.
1423 if (!Parent->isInvalidDecl()) {
1424 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(Parent);
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001425
Matt Beaumont-Gay35779952013-06-25 22:19:15 +00001426 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
1427 unsigned FieldAlign = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001428
Matt Beaumont-Gay35779952013-06-25 22:19:15 +00001429 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
1430 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(Field->getFieldIndex());
1431 if (Offset > 0) {
1432 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
1433 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
1434 uint64_t LowBitOfOffset = Offset & (~Offset + 1);
1435 if (LowBitOfOffset < FieldAlign)
1436 FieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(LowBitOfOffset);
1437 }
1438
1439 Align = std::min(Align, FieldAlign);
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +00001440 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +00001441 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001442 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +00001443
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001444 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +00001445}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001446
John McCallf1249922012-08-21 04:10:00 +00001447// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in
1448// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is
1449// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type
1450// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator.
1451std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1452ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
1453 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T);
1454
1455 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding
1456 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible
1457 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results.
1458 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1459 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1460 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
1461 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize();
1462 }
1463 }
1464
1465 return sizeAndAlign;
1466}
1467
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001468/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits
1469/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays.
1470std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
1471static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context,
1472 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) {
1473 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo =
1474 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType());
1475 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Trieuc7509072013-05-14 23:41:50 +00001476 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <=
1477 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) &&
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001478 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation");
1479 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size;
1480 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity();
Warren Hunt5ae586a2013-11-01 23:59:41 +00001481 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
1482 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00001483 Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001484 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width),
1485 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
1486}
1487
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001488std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001489ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001490 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T))
1491 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT);
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001492 TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(T);
1493 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Width),
1494 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001495}
1496
1497std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +00001498ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +00001499 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
1500}
1501
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001502bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(const Type *T) const {
1503 return getTypeInfo(T).AlignIsRequired;
1504}
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001505
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001506bool ASTContext::isAlignmentRequired(QualType T) const {
1507 return isAlignmentRequired(T.getTypePtr());
1508}
1509
1510TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
David Majnemerf8d38642014-07-30 08:42:33 +00001511 TypeInfoMap::iterator I = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T);
1512 if (I != MemoizedTypeInfo.end())
1513 return I->second;
1514
1515 // This call can invalidate MemoizedTypeInfo[T], so we need a second lookup.
1516 TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfoImpl(T);
1517 MemoizedTypeInfo[T] = TI;
Rafael Espindolaeaa88c12014-07-30 04:40:23 +00001518 return TI;
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001519}
1520
1521/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This
1522/// method does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001523///
1524/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
1525/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
1526/// should take a QualType, &c.
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001527TypeInfo ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const {
1528 uint64_t Width = 0;
1529 unsigned Align = 8;
1530 bool AlignIsRequired = false;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001531 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001532#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1533#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001534#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001535#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
David Blaikieab277d62013-07-13 21:08:03 +00001536#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) \
1537 case Type::Class: \
1538 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "should not see dependent types here"); \
1539 return getTypeInfo(cast<Class##Type>(T)->desugar().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001540#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
John McCall15547bb2011-06-28 16:49:23 +00001541 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001542
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001543 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1544 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001545 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
1546 Width = 0;
1547 Align = 32;
1548 break;
1549
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001550 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001551 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001552 Width = 0;
1553 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
1554 break;
1555
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001556 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001557 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001559 TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Abramo Bagnarad541a4c2011-12-13 11:23:52 +00001560 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001561 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.Width <= (uint64_t)(-1) / Size) &&
Daniel Dunbarc6475872012-03-09 04:12:54 +00001562 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation");
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001563 Width = EltInfo.Width * Size;
1564 Align = EltInfo.Align;
Warren Hunt5ae586a2013-11-01 23:59:41 +00001565 if (!getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() ||
1566 getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) == 64)
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00001567 Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001568 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +00001569 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001570 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001571 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001572 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001573 TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
1574 Width = EltInfo.Width * VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001575 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +00001576 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
1577 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +00001578 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001579 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
Rui Ueyama83aa9792016-01-14 21:00:27 +00001580 Width = llvm::alignTo(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001581 }
Chad Rosiercc40ea72012-07-13 23:57:43 +00001582 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max.
1583 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign();
1584 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align)
1585 Align = TargetVectorAlign;
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +00001586 break;
1587 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001588
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001589 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001590 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00001591 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +00001592 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001593 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
1594 Width = 0;
1595 Align = 8;
1596 break;
1597
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001598 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001599 Width = Target->getBoolWidth();
1600 Align = Target->getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001601 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001602 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
1603 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
1604 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001605 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001606 Width = Target->getCharWidth();
1607 Align = Target->getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001608 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00001609 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
1610 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001611 Width = Target->getWCharWidth();
1612 Align = Target->getWCharAlign();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00001613 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001614 case BuiltinType::Char16:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001615 Width = Target->getChar16Width();
1616 Align = Target->getChar16Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001617 break;
1618 case BuiltinType::Char32:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001619 Width = Target->getChar32Width();
1620 Align = Target->getChar32Align();
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00001621 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001622 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001623 case BuiltinType::Short:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001624 Width = Target->getShortWidth();
1625 Align = Target->getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001626 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001627 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001628 case BuiltinType::Int:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001629 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1630 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001631 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001632 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001633 case BuiltinType::Long:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001634 Width = Target->getLongWidth();
1635 Align = Target->getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001636 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +00001637 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001638 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001639 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth();
1640 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001641 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +00001642 case BuiltinType::Int128:
1643 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
1644 Width = 128;
1645 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
1646 break;
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00001647 case BuiltinType::Half:
1648 Width = Target->getHalfWidth();
1649 Align = Target->getHalfAlign();
1650 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001651 case BuiltinType::Float:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001652 Width = Target->getFloatWidth();
1653 Align = Target->getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001654 break;
1655 case BuiltinType::Double:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001656 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth();
1657 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001658 break;
1659 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001660 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth();
1661 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001662 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001663 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001664 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
1665 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +00001666 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001667 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
1668 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
1669 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001670 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1671 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +00001672 break;
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00001673 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
1674 // Samplers are modeled as integers.
1675 Width = Target->getIntWidth();
1676 Align = Target->getIntAlign();
1677 break;
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00001678 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00001679 case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
1680 case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
1681 case BuiltinType::OCLNDRange:
1682 case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001683 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
1684 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
1685 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
1686 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
1687 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00001688 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dDepth:
1689 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayDepth:
1690 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAA:
1691 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAA:
1692 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAADepth:
1693 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepth:
Guy Benyeid8a08ea2012-12-18 14:38:23 +00001694 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
1695 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types.
1696 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1697 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
1698 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001699 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +00001700 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001701 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001702 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0);
1703 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +00001704 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001705 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001706 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1707 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001708 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1709 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +00001710 break;
1711 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001712 case Type::LValueReference:
1713 case Type::RValueReference: {
1714 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
1715 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001716 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
1717 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001718 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1719 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +00001720 break;
1721 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001722 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001723 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00001724 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS);
1725 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +00001726 break;
1727 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001728 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00001729 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001730 std::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +00001731 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001732 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001733 case Type::Complex: {
1734 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
1735 // size.
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001736 TypeInfo EltInfo = getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
1737 Width = EltInfo.Width * 2;
1738 Align = EltInfo.Align;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001739 break;
1740 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00001741 case Type::ObjCObject:
1742 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00001743 case Type::Adjusted:
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00001744 case Type::Decayed:
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00001745 return getTypeInfo(cast<AdjustedType>(T)->getAdjustedType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001746 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001747 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001748 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001749 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001750 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001751 break;
1752 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001753 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001754 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001755 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
1756
1757 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +00001758 Width = 8;
1759 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +00001760 break;
1761 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001762
David Majnemer475b25e2015-01-21 10:54:38 +00001763 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) {
1764 const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl();
1765 TypeInfo Info =
1766 getTypeInfo(ED->getIntegerType()->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
1767 if (unsigned AttrAlign = ED->getMaxAlignment()) {
1768 Info.Align = AttrAlign;
1769 Info.AlignIsRequired = true;
1770 }
1771 return Info;
1772 }
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001773
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +00001774 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
David Majnemer5821ff72015-02-03 08:49:29 +00001775 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1776 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001777 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +00001778 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
David Majnemer5821ff72015-02-03 08:49:29 +00001779 AlignIsRequired = RD->hasAttr<AlignedAttr>();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +00001780 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001781 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001782
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +00001783 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001784 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
1785 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001786
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001787 case Type::Auto: {
1788 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00001789 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() &&
1790 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +00001791 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001792 }
1793
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00001794 case Type::Paren:
1795 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
1796
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001797 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00001798 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001799 TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001800 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
1801 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
1802 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001803 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) {
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +00001804 Align = AttrAlign;
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001805 AlignIsRequired = true;
David Majnemer37bffb62014-08-04 05:11:01 +00001806 } else {
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001807 Align = Info.Align;
David Majnemer37bffb62014-08-04 05:11:01 +00001808 AlignIsRequired = Info.AlignIsRequired;
1809 }
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001810 Width = Info.Width;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001811 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +00001812 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001813
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00001814 case Type::Elaborated:
1815 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00001817 case Type::Attributed:
1818 return getTypeInfo(
1819 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
1820
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001821 case Type::Atomic: {
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001822 // Start with the base type information.
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001823 TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType());
1824 Width = Info.Width;
1825 Align = Info.Align;
John McCalla8ec7eb2013-03-07 21:37:17 +00001826
1827 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max
1828 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more
1829 // favorable to atomic operations:
1830 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) {
1831 // Round the size up to a power of 2.
1832 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
1833 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width);
1834
1835 // Set the alignment equal to the size.
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001836 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width);
1837 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001838 }
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00001839 break;
1840
1841 case Type::Pipe: {
1842 TypeInfo Info = getTypeInfo(cast<PipeType>(T)->getElementType());
1843 Width = Info.Width;
1844 Align = Info.Align;
1845 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00001846
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +00001847 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848
Eli Friedman4b72fdd2011-10-14 20:59:01 +00001849 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2");
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001850 return TypeInfo(Width, Align, AlignIsRequired);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001851}
1852
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001853unsigned ASTContext::getOpenMPDefaultSimdAlign(QualType T) const {
1854 unsigned SimdAlign = getTargetInfo().getSimdDefaultAlign();
1855 // Target ppc64 with QPX: simd default alignment for pointer to double is 32.
1856 if ((getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64 ||
1857 getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::ppc64le) &&
1858 getTargetInfo().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx" &&
1859 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1860 SimdAlign = 256;
1861 return SimdAlign;
1862}
1863
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001864/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
1865CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
1866 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
1867}
1868
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +00001869/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
1870int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
1871 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
1872}
1873
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001874/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
1875/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001876CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001877 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001878}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001879CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Richard Trieu04d2d942013-05-14 21:59:17 +00001880 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first;
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001881}
1882
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001883/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001884/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001885CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001886 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001887}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001888CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001889 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001890}
1891
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001892/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1893/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1894/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1895/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001896unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001897 TypeInfo TI = getTypeInfo(T);
1898 unsigned ABIAlign = TI.Align;
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001899
David Majnemere1544562015-04-24 01:25:05 +00001900 T = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1901
1902 // The preferred alignment of member pointers is that of a pointer.
1903 if (T->isMemberPointerType())
1904 return getPreferredTypeAlign(getPointerDiffType().getTypePtr());
1905
Robert Lyttoneaf6f362013-11-12 10:09:34 +00001906 if (Target->getTriple().getArch() == llvm::Triple::xcore)
1907 return ABIAlign; // Never overalign on XCore.
1908
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001909 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
David Majnemer1d4db8f2014-02-24 23:43:27 +00001910 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001911 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
David Majnemer475b25e2015-01-21 10:54:38 +00001912 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
1913 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001914 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
Chad Rosierb57321a2012-03-21 20:20:47 +00001915 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1916 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong))
David Majnemer8b6bd572014-02-24 23:34:17 +00001917 // Don't increase the alignment if an alignment attribute was specified on a
1918 // typedef declaration.
David Majnemer34b57492014-07-30 01:30:47 +00001919 if (!TI.AlignIsRequired)
David Majnemer8b6bd572014-02-24 23:34:17 +00001920 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001921
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001922 return ABIAlign;
1923}
1924
Ulrich Weigandca3cb7f2015-04-21 17:29:35 +00001925/// getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned - Return the default alignment
1926/// for __attribute__((aligned)) on this target, to be used if no alignment
1927/// value is specified.
Eugene Zelenkod4304d22015-11-04 21:37:17 +00001928unsigned ASTContext::getTargetDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned() const {
Ulrich Weigandca3cb7f2015-04-21 17:29:35 +00001929 return getTargetInfo().getDefaultAlignForAttributeAligned();
1930}
1931
Ulrich Weigandfa806422013-05-06 16:23:57 +00001932/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given
1933/// to a global variable of the specified type.
1934unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const {
1935 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign());
1936}
1937
1938/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that
1939/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type.
1940CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const {
1941 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T));
1942}
1943
David Majnemer08ef2ba2015-06-23 20:34:18 +00001944CharUnits ASTContext::getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
1945 CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
1946 const ASTRecordLayout *Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(RD);
1947 while (const CXXRecordDecl *Base = Layout->getBaseSharingVBPtr()) {
1948 Offset += Layout->getBaseClassOffset(Base);
1949 Layout = &getASTRecordLayout(Base);
1950 }
1951 return Offset;
1952}
1953
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001954/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1955/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1956/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1957/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1958/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001959///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001960void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1961 bool leafClass,
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001962 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001963 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1964 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1965 if (!leafClass) {
Aaron Ballman59abbd42014-03-13 21:09:43 +00001966 for (const auto *I : OI->ivars())
1967 Ivars.push_back(I);
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00001968 } else {
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001969 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00001970 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
Fariborz Jahanianb26d5782011-06-28 18:05:25 +00001971 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1972 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
1973 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001974}
1975
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001976/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1977/// those inherited by it.
1978void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001979 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001980 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001981 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1982 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00001983 for (auto *Proto : OI->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00001984 CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001985 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001986
1987 // Categories of this Interface.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00001988 for (const auto *Cat : OI->visible_categories())
1989 CollectInheritedProtocols(Cat, Protocols);
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00001990
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001991 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1992 while (SD) {
1993 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1994 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1995 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001996 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00001997 for (auto *Proto : OC->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00001998 CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001999 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00002000 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00002001 // Insert the protocol.
2002 if (!Protocols.insert(
2003 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(OP->getCanonicalDecl())).second)
2004 return;
2005
2006 for (auto *Proto : OP->protocols())
2007 CollectInheritedProtocols(Proto, Protocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00002008 }
2009}
2010
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002011unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00002012 unsigned count = 0;
2013 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Aaron Ballmanb4a53452014-03-13 21:57:01 +00002014 for (const auto *Ext : OI->known_extensions())
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00002015 count += Ext->ivar_size();
Douglas Gregor048fbfa2013-01-16 23:00:23 +00002016
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00002017 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
2018 // includes synthesized ivars.
2019 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00002020 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
2021
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00002022 return count;
2023}
2024
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2e809ce2012-02-03 05:58:16 +00002025bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) {
2026 if (!E)
2027 return false;
2028
2029 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
2030 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true;
2031
2032 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
2033 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this,
2034 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
2035 return true;
2036
2037 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
2038 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true;
2039
2040 return false;
2041}
2042
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00002043/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
2044ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
2045 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
2046 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
2047 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
2048 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002049 return nullptr;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00002050}
2051/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
2052ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
2053 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
2054 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
2055 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
2056 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002057 return nullptr;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00002058}
2059
2060/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
2061void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
2062 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
2063 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
2064 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
2065}
2066/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
2067void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
2068 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
2069 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
2070 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
2071}
2072
Chandler Carruth21c90602015-12-30 03:24:14 +00002073const ObjCMethodDecl *
2074ASTContext::getObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) const {
2075 return ObjCMethodRedecls.lookup(MD);
2076}
2077
2078void ASTContext::setObjCMethodRedeclaration(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD,
2079 const ObjCMethodDecl *Redecl) {
2080 assert(!getObjCMethodRedeclaration(MD) && "MD already has a redeclaration");
2081 ObjCMethodRedecls[MD] = Redecl;
2082}
2083
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00002084const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface(
2085 const NamedDecl *ND) const {
2086 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID =
2087 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00002088 return ID;
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00002089 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD =
2090 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00002091 return CD->getClassInterface();
Dmitri Gribenko37527c22013-02-03 13:23:21 +00002092 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD =
2093 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00002094 return IMD->getClassInterface();
2095
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002096 return nullptr;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb9689bb2011-11-01 17:14:12 +00002097}
2098
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00002099/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
2100/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00002101Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00002102 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
2103 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
2104 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00002105 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00002106 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002107 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : nullptr;
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00002108}
2109
2110/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
2111void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
2112 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00002113 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
2114 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00002115 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
2116}
2117
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002118TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002119 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00002120 if (!DataSize)
2121 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
2122 else
2123 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002124 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00002125
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002126 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
2127 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
2128 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
2129 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00002130}
2131
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002132TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00002133 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002134 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00002135 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00002136 return DI;
2137}
2138
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00002139const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002140ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002141 return getObjCLayout(D, nullptr);
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00002142}
2143
2144const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002145ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
2146 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00002147 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
2148}
2149
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00002150//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2151// Type creation/memoization methods
2152//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2153
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002154QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002155ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
2156 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
2157 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002158
2159 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
2160 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002161 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002162 void *insertPos = nullptr;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002163 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
2164 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
2165 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002166 }
2167
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002168 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
2169 QualType canon;
2170 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2171 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002172 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
2173 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002174
2175 // Re-find the insert position.
2176 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2177 }
2178
2179 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
2180 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
2181 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002182}
2183
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002184QualType
2185ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002186 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
2187 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002188 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00002189
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002190 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
2191 // into one ExtQuals node.
2192 QualifierCollector Quals;
2193 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002194
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002195 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
2196 // another one.
2197 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
2198 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
2199 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002200
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002201 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00002202}
2203
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00002204QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002205 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00002206 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00002207 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00002208 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00002210 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2211 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00002212 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00002213 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
2214 return getPointerType(ResultType);
2215 }
2216 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002217
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002218 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
2219 // into one ExtQuals node.
2220 QualifierCollector Quals;
2221 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002223 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
2224 // another one.
2225 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
2226 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
2227 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002228
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002229 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00002230}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00002231
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002232const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
2233 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
2234 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
2235 return T;
2236
2237 QualType Result;
2238 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002239 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getReturnType(), Info);
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002240 } else {
2241 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
2242 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
2243 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002244 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00002245 }
2246
2247 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
2248}
2249
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00002250void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD,
2251 QualType ResultType) {
Richard Smith1fa5d642013-05-11 05:45:24 +00002252 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl();
2253 while (true) {
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00002254 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2255 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00002256 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
Richard Smith1fa5d642013-05-11 05:45:24 +00002257 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl())
2258 FD = Next;
2259 else
2260 break;
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00002261 }
Richard Smith1fa5d642013-05-11 05:45:24 +00002262 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
2263 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType);
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00002264}
2265
Richard Smith0b3a4622014-11-13 20:01:57 +00002266/// Get a function type and produce the equivalent function type with the
2267/// specified exception specification. Type sugar that can be present on a
2268/// declaration of a function with an exception specification is permitted
2269/// and preserved. Other type sugar (for instance, typedefs) is not.
2270static QualType getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(
2271 ASTContext &Context, QualType Orig,
2272 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) {
2273 // Might have some parens.
2274 if (auto *PT = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Orig))
2275 return Context.getParenType(
2276 getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, PT->getInnerType(), ESI));
2277
2278 // Might have a calling-convention attribute.
2279 if (auto *AT = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Orig))
2280 return Context.getAttributedType(
2281 AT->getAttrKind(),
2282 getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getModifiedType(), ESI),
2283 getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(Context, AT->getEquivalentType(),
2284 ESI));
2285
2286 // Anything else must be a function type. Rebuild it with the new exception
2287 // specification.
2288 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Orig);
2289 return Context.getFunctionType(
2290 Proto->getReturnType(), Proto->getParamTypes(),
2291 Proto->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(ESI));
2292}
2293
2294void ASTContext::adjustExceptionSpec(
2295 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI,
2296 bool AsWritten) {
2297 // Update the type.
2298 QualType Updated =
2299 getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, FD->getType(), ESI);
2300 FD->setType(Updated);
2301
2302 if (!AsWritten)
2303 return;
2304
2305 // Update the type in the type source information too.
2306 if (TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
2307 // If the type and the type-as-written differ, we may need to update
2308 // the type-as-written too.
2309 if (TSInfo->getType() != FD->getType())
2310 Updated = getFunctionTypeWithExceptionSpec(*this, TSInfo->getType(), ESI);
2311
2312 // FIXME: When we get proper type location information for exceptions,
2313 // we'll also have to rebuild the TypeSourceInfo. For now, we just patch
2314 // up the TypeSourceInfo;
2315 assert(TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(Updated) ==
2316 TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(TSInfo->getType()) &&
2317 "TypeLoc size mismatch from updating exception specification");
2318 TSInfo->overrideType(Updated);
2319 }
2320}
2321
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002322/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
2323/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002324QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002325 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2326 // structure.
2327 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2328 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002329
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002330 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002331 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2332 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002334 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2335 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2336 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002337 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002338 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002339
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002340 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2341 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002342 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002343 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002344 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002345 Types.push_back(New);
2346 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2347 return QualType(New, 0);
2348}
2349
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00002350/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
2351/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002352QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00002353 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2354 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002355 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002356 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002358 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002359 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002360 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002361
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002362 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2363 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002364 QualType Canonical;
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002365 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002366 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002367
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002368 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2369 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002370 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bob Wilsonc8541f22013-03-15 17:12:43 +00002371 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002372 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00002373 Types.push_back(New);
2374 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002375 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00002376}
2377
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002378QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedType(QualType Orig, QualType New) const {
2379 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2380 AdjustedType::Profile(ID, Orig, New);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002381 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002382 AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2383 if (AT)
2384 return QualType(AT, 0);
2385
2386 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(New);
2387
2388 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2389 AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002390 assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002391
2392 AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2393 AdjustedType(Type::Adjusted, Orig, New, Canonical);
2394 Types.push_back(AT);
2395 AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2396 return QualType(AT, 0);
2397}
2398
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00002399QualType ASTContext::getDecayedType(QualType T) const {
2400 assert((T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType()) && "T does not decay");
2401
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00002402 QualType Decayed;
2403
2404 // C99 6.7.5.3p7:
2405 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be
2406 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type
2407 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of
2408 // the array type derivation.
2409 if (T->isArrayType())
2410 Decayed = getArrayDecayedType(T);
2411
2412 // C99 6.7.5.3p8:
2413 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type"
2414 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as
2415 // in 6.3.2.1.
2416 if (T->isFunctionType())
2417 Decayed = getPointerType(T);
2418
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002419 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2420 AdjustedType::Profile(ID, T, Decayed);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002421 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002422 AdjustedType *AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2423 if (AT)
2424 return QualType(AT, 0);
2425
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00002426 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decayed);
2427
2428 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002429 AT = AdjustedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002430 assert(!AT && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00002431
Reid Kleckner0503a872013-12-05 01:23:43 +00002432 AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecayedType(T, Decayed, Canonical);
2433 Types.push_back(AT);
2434 AdjustedTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2435 return QualType(AT, 0);
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00002436}
2437
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002438/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002439/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002440QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00002441 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
2442 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002443 // structure.
2444 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2445 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002446
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002447 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002448 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
2449 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2450 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002451
2452 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002453 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
2454 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002455 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002456 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002458 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2459 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
2460 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002461 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002462 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002463 BlockPointerType *New
2464 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00002465 Types.push_back(New);
2466 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2467 return QualType(New, 0);
2468}
2469
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002470/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2471/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002472QualType
2473ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Douglas Gregor291e8ee2011-05-21 22:16:50 +00002474 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy &&
2475 "Unresolved overloaded function type");
2476
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002477 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2478 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002479 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002480 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002481
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002482 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002483 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
2484 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002485 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002486
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002487 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2488
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002489 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2490 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2491 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002492 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2493 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2494 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002495
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002496 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002497 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2498 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002499 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002500 }
2501
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002502 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002503 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
2504 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002505 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002506 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002507
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002508 return QualType(New, 0);
2509}
2510
2511/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
2512/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002513QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002514 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2515 // structure.
2516 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002517 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002518
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002519 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002520 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
2521 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2522 return QualType(RT, 0);
2523
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002524 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
2525
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002526 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
2527 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2528 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002529 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
2530 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
2531 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002532
2533 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2534 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
2535 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002536 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002537 }
2538
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002539 RValueReferenceType *New
2540 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00002541 Types.push_back(New);
2542 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00002543 return QualType(New, 0);
2544}
2545
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002546/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
2547/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002548QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002549 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
2550 // structure.
2551 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2552 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
2553
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002554 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002555 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
2556 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2557 return QualType(PT, 0);
2558
2559 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
2560 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2561 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00002562 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002563 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
2564
2565 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2566 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
2567 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002568 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002569 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002570 MemberPointerType *New
2571 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00002572 Types.push_back(New);
2573 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2574 return QualType(New, 0);
2575}
2576
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002578/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002580 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002581 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002582 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00002583 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
2584 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00002585 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
2586
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00002587 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
2588 // the target.
2589 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00002590 ArySize =
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00002591 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00002593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002594 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002596 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002597 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002598 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002599 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002600
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002601 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
2602 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
2603 QualType Canon;
2604 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2605 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002606 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002607 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002608 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002609
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002610 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002611 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002612 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002613 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002614 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002615
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002616 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002617 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00002618 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00002619 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002620 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00002621}
2622
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002623/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
2624/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
2625/// sizes replaced with [*].
2626QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
2627 // Vastly most common case.
2628 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002629
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002630 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002631
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002632 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002633 const Type *ty = split.Ty;
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002634 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2635#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2636#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2637#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2638#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2639 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
2640
2641 // These types should never be variably-modified.
2642 case Type::Builtin:
2643 case Type::Complex:
2644 case Type::Vector:
2645 case Type::ExtVector:
2646 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
2647 case Type::ObjCObject:
2648 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2649 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
2650 case Type::Record:
2651 case Type::Enum:
2652 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
2653 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
2654 case Type::TypeOf:
2655 case Type::Decltype:
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00002656 case Type::UnaryTransform:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002657 case Type::DependentName:
2658 case Type::InjectedClassName:
2659 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
2660 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
2661 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
2662 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002663 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002664 case Type::PackExpansion:
2665 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
2666
2667 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
2668 // further decay.
2669 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
2670 case Type::FunctionProto:
2671 case Type::BlockPointer:
2672 case Type::MemberPointer:
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00002673 case Type::Pipe:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002674 return type;
2675
2676 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
2677 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
2678 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
2679 // optimizations available here.
2680 case Type::Pointer:
2681 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
2682 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
2683 break;
2684
2685 case Type::LValueReference: {
2686 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
2687 result = getLValueReferenceType(
2688 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
2689 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
2690 break;
2691 }
2692
2693 case Type::RValueReference: {
2694 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
2695 result = getRValueReferenceType(
2696 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
2697 break;
2698 }
2699
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002700 case Type::Atomic: {
2701 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty);
2702 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType()));
2703 break;
2704 }
2705
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002706 case Type::ConstantArray: {
2707 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
2708 result = getConstantArrayType(
2709 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
2710 cat->getSize(),
2711 cat->getSizeModifier(),
2712 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2713 break;
2714 }
2715
2716 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
2717 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
2718 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
2719 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
2720 dat->getSizeExpr(),
2721 dat->getSizeModifier(),
2722 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2723 dat->getBracketsRange());
2724 break;
2725 }
2726
2727 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
2728 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
2729 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
2730 result = getVariableArrayType(
2731 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002732 /*size*/ nullptr,
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002733 ArrayType::Normal,
2734 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2735 SourceRange());
2736 break;
2737 }
2738
2739 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
2740 case Type::VariableArray: {
2741 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
2742 result = getVariableArrayType(
2743 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002744 /*size*/ nullptr,
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002745 ArrayType::Star,
2746 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2747 vat->getBracketsRange());
2748 break;
2749 }
2750 }
2751
2752 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002753 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals);
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00002754}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002755
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00002756/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
2757/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002758QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
2759 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00002760 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002761 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002762 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002763 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
2764 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002765 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002766
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002767 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
2768 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2769 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002770 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002771 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002772 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00002773 }
2774
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002775 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00002776 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002777
2778 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
2779 Types.push_back(New);
2780 return QualType(New, 0);
2781}
2782
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002783/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
2784/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00002785/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002786QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
2787 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002788 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002789 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
2790 SourceRange brackets) const {
2791 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
2792 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002793 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
2794
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002795 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
2796 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
2797 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
2798 // because they can't be used in most locations.
2799 if (!numElements) {
2800 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
2801 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2802 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
2803 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2804 brackets);
2805 Types.push_back(newType);
2806 return QualType(newType, 0);
2807 }
2808
2809 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
2810 // also build a canonical type.
2811
2812 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
2813
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002814 void *insertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002815 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002816 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002817 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002818 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002819
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002820 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
2821 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
2822 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002823
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002824 // If we don't have one, build one.
2825 if (!canonTy) {
2826 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002827 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002828 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
2829 brackets);
2830 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
2831 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00002832 }
2833
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002834 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
2835 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002836 canonElementType.Quals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002837
David Majnemer16a74702015-07-24 05:54:19 +00002838 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type or the size
2839 // expression, then just use that as our result.
2840 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType &&
2841 canonTy->getSizeExpr() == numElements)
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002842 return canon;
2843
2844 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
2845 // of the element type.
2846 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
2847 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2848 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
2849 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
2850 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
2851 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002852}
2853
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002854QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002855 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002856 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002857 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002858 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002859
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002860 void *insertPos = nullptr;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002861 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
2862 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
2863 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002864
2865 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002866 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
2867 // qualifiers off the element type.
2868 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002869
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002870 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
2871 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002872 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0),
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002873 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00002874 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002875
2876 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002877 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
2878 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
2879 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00002880 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002881
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002882 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2883 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00002884
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002885 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
2886 Types.push_back(newType);
2887 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00002888}
2889
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002890/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
2891/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00002892QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002893 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00002894 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002895
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002896 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2897 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002898 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002899
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002900 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002901 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2902 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2903
2904 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2905 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2906 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00002907 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00002908 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002910 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2911 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002912 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002913 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002914 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002915 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00002916 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2917 Types.push_back(New);
2918 return QualType(New, 0);
2919}
2920
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002921/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002922/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002923QualType
2924ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
Douglas Gregor39c02722011-06-15 16:02:29 +00002925 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002926
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002927 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
2928 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00002929 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00002930 VectorType::GenericVector);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002931 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002932 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2933 return QualType(VTP, 0);
2934
2935 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
2936 // so fill in the canonical type field.
2937 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002938 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002939 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002940
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002941 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
2942 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002943 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002944 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002945 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2946 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00002947 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2948 Types.push_back(New);
2949 return QualType(New, 0);
2950}
2951
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002952QualType
2953ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
2954 Expr *SizeExpr,
2955 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002956 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002957 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002958 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00002960 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002961 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
2962 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2963 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
2964 if (Canon) {
2965 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
2966 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002967 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2968 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
2969 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002970 } else {
2971 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
2972 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002973 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2974 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
2975 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002976
2977 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
2978 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2979 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
2980 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002981 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
2982 } else {
2983 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
2984 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002985 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2986 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00002987 }
2988 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002989
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00002990 Types.push_back(New);
2991 return QualType(New, 0);
2992}
2993
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002994/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002995///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002996QualType
2997ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
2998 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00002999 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
3000
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003001 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
3002 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00003003 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00003004 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003005
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003006 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003007 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003008 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003009 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003010
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003011 QualType Canonical;
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00003012 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical()) {
3013 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003014
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00003015 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003016 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
3017 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003018 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00003019 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00003021 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003022 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00003023 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00003024 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003025 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003026 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003027}
3028
Douglas Gregorcd780372013-01-17 23:36:45 +00003029/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function.
3030static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) {
3031 return T.isCanonical() &&
3032 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None ||
3033 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone);
3034}
3035
Douglas Gregora602a152015-10-01 20:20:47 +00003036CanQualType
3037ASTContext::getCanonicalFunctionResultType(QualType ResultType) const {
3038 CanQualType CanResultType = getCanonicalType(ResultType);
3039
3040 // Canonical result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers.
3041 if (CanResultType.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) {
3042 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultType.getQualifiers();
3043 Qs.removeObjCLifetime();
3044 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
3045 getQualifiedType(CanResultType.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
3046 }
3047
3048 return CanResultType;
3049}
3050
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003051QualType
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00003052ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003053 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00003054 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size();
3055
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003056 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
3057 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00003058 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00003059 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI,
3060 *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00003061
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003062 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003063 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003064 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003065 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003066
3067 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00003068 bool isCanonical =
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +00003069 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) &&
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00003070 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003071 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003072 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003073 isCanonical = false;
3074
3075 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003076 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003077 QualType Canonical;
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00003078 if (!isCanonical) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003079 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003080 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3081 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003082 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003083
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00003084 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Richard Smith5e580292012-02-10 09:58:53 +00003085 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false;
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +00003086 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpec = FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00003087
Douglas Gregora602a152015-10-01 20:20:47 +00003088 // Adjust the canonical function result type.
3089 CanQualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalFunctionResultType(ResultTy);
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00003090 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003091
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00003092 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003093 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
3094 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003095 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003096 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00003097
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003098 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after
3099 // them for three variable size arrays at the end:
3100 // - parameter types
3101 // - exception types
3102 // - consumed-arguments flags
3103 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00003104 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception
3105 // specification.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00003106 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00003107 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +00003108 if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
3109 Size += EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions.size() * sizeof(QualType);
3110 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00003111 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +00003112 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) {
Richard Smithd3729422012-04-19 00:08:28 +00003113 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +00003114 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type == EST_Unevaluated) {
Richard Smithd3b5c9082012-07-27 04:22:15 +00003115 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00003116 }
Alp Tokerb3fd5cf2014-01-21 00:32:38 +00003117 if (EPI.ConsumedParameters)
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00003118 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool);
3119
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00003120 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00003121 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00003122 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003123 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003124 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003125 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00003126}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00003127
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00003128/// Return pipe type for the specified type.
3129QualType ASTContext::getPipeType(QualType T) const {
3130 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3131 PipeType::Profile(ID, T);
3132
3133 void *InsertPos = 0;
3134 if (PipeType *PT = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3135 return QualType(PT, 0);
3136
3137 // If the pipe element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
3138 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
3139 QualType Canonical;
3140 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
3141 Canonical = getPipeType(getCanonicalType(T));
3142
3143 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
3144 PipeType *NewIP = PipeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3145 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
3146 (void)NewIP;
3147 }
3148 PipeType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PipeType(T, Canonical);
3149 Types.push_back(New);
3150 PipeTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
3151 return QualType(New, 0);
3152}
3153
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003154#ifndef NDEBUG
3155static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
3156 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
3157 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
3158 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
3159 return true;
3160 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
3161 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
3162 return true;
3163 return false;
3164}
3165#endif
3166
3167/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
3168/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
3169QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003170 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003171 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
3172 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
3173 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003174 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003175 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
3176 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3177 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
3178 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003179 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00003180 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003181 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
3182 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003183 }
3184 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3185}
3186
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00003187/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3188/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003189QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00003190 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00003191 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003192
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00003193 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00003194 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00003195
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00003196 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
3197 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
3198
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00003199 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Rafael Espindola3f9e4442013-10-19 02:13:21 +00003200 assert(Record->isFirstDecl() && "struct/union has previous declaration");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00003201 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003202 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00003203 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Rafael Espindola3f9e4442013-10-19 02:13:21 +00003204 assert(Enum->isFirstDecl() && "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003205 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00003206 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00003207 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003208 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
3209 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
3210 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003211 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00003212 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00003213
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00003214 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00003215}
3216
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00003217/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00003218/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003219QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00003220ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
3221 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00003222 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003223
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003224 if (Canonical.isNull())
3225 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003226 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003227 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003228 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
3229 Types.push_back(newType);
3230 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00003231}
3232
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003233QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003234 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3235
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003236 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003237 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
3238 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3239
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003240 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
3241 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
3242 Types.push_back(newType);
3243 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003244}
3245
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003246QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003247 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3248
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00003249 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003250 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
3251 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3252
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003253 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
3254 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
3255 Types.push_back(newType);
3256 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00003257}
3258
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00003259QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
3260 QualType modifiedType,
3261 QualType equivalentType) {
3262 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
3263 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
3264
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003265 void *insertPos = nullptr;
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00003266 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
3267 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
3268
3269 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
3270 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
3271 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
3272
3273 Types.push_back(type);
3274 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
3275
3276 return QualType(type, 0);
3277}
3278
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00003279/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
3280QualType
3281ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003282 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003283 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00003284 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
3285
3286 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3287 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003288 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00003289 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
3290 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3291
3292 if (!SubstParm) {
3293 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
3294 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
3295 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
3296 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
3297 }
3298
3299 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
3300}
3301
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00003302/// \brief Retrieve a
3303QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
3304 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
3305 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
3306#ifndef NDEBUG
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00003307 for (const auto &P : ArgPack.pack_elements()) {
3308 assert(P.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
3309 assert(P.getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00003310 }
3311#endif
3312
3313 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3314 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003315 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00003316 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
3317 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3318 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
3319
3320 QualType Canon;
3321 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
3322 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
3323 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
3324 ArgPack);
3325 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3326 }
3327
3328 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
3329 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
3330 ArgPack);
3331 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
3332 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
3333 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
3334}
3335
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00003336/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003337/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00003338/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003339QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00003340 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00003341 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00003342 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00003343 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003344 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003345 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00003346 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3347
3348 if (TypeParm)
3349 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003350
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00003351 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00003352 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00003353 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003354
3355 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
3356 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3357 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
3358 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00003359 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003360 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
3361 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00003362
3363 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
3364 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
3365
3366 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
3367}
3368
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003369TypeSourceInfo *
3370ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
3371 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3372 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003373 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003374 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3375 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003376 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003377
3378 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
David Blaikie6adc78e2013-02-18 22:06:02 +00003379 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL =
3380 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>();
Abramo Bagnara48c05be2012-02-06 14:41:24 +00003381 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00003382 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
3383 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
3384 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
3385 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
3386 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
3387 return DI;
3388}
3389
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003390QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003391ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003392 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003393 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003394 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3395 "No dependent template names here!");
3396
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00003397 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
3398
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003399 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003400 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
3401 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3402 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
3403
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00003404 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003405 Underlying);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003406}
3407
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003408#ifndef NDEBUG
3409static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args,
3410 unsigned NumArgs) {
3411 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3412 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion())
3413 return true;
3414
3415 return true;
3416}
3417#endif
3418
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003419QualType
3420ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003421 const TemplateArgument *Args,
3422 unsigned NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003423 QualType Underlying) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003424 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3425 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003426 // Look through qualified template names.
3427 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3428 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003429
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003430 bool IsTypeAlias =
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003431 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() &&
3432 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl());
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003433 QualType CanonType;
3434 if (!Underlying.isNull())
3435 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying);
3436 else {
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003437 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains
3438 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack.
3439 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) &&
3440 "Caller must compute aliased type");
3441 IsTypeAlias = false;
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003442 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args,
3443 NumArgs);
3444 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00003445
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003446 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
3447 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
3448 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003449 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3450 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs +
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003451 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003452 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003453 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
Douglas Gregor1f79ca82012-02-03 17:16:23 +00003454 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType,
3455 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003457 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003458 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00003459}
3460
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003462ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
3463 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003464 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003465 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
3466 "No dependent template names here!");
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003467
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00003468 // Look through qualified template names.
3469 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
3470 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00003471
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003472 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
3473 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003474 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003475 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
3476 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
3477 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
3478
3479 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
3480 // exists.
3481 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3482 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
3483 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
3484
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003485 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003486 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
3487 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3488
3489 if (!Spec) {
3490 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
3491 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
3492 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3493 TypeAlignment);
3494 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
3495 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Richard Smith3f1b5d02011-05-05 21:57:07 +00003496 QualType(), QualType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00003497 Types.push_back(Spec);
3498 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
3499 }
3500
3501 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
3502 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
3503 return QualType(Spec, 0);
3504}
3505
3506QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003507ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3508 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003509 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003510 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003511 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003512
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003513 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003514 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003515 if (T)
3516 return QualType(T, 0);
3517
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003518 QualType Canon = NamedType;
3519 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3520 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003521 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3522 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003523 (void)CheckT;
3524 }
3525
Benjamin Kramer8adeef92015-04-02 16:19:54 +00003526 T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003527 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003528 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00003529 return QualType(T, 0);
3530}
3531
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003532QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003533ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3535 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
3536
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003537 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003538 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3539 if (T)
3540 return QualType(T, 0);
3541
3542 QualType Canon = InnerType;
3543 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
3544 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
3545 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3546 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
3547 (void)CheckT;
3548 }
3549
Benjamin Kramer8adeef92015-04-02 16:19:54 +00003550 T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00003551 Types.push_back(T);
3552 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3553 return QualType(T, 0);
3554}
3555
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003556QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3557 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3558 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003559 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003560 if (Canon.isNull()) {
3561 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003562 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3563 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
3564 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3565
3566 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
3567 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003568 }
3569
3570 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003571 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003572
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003573 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003574 DependentNameType *T
3575 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003576 if (T)
3577 return QualType(T, 0);
3578
Benjamin Kramer8adeef92015-04-02 16:19:54 +00003579 T = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003580 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00003581 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003582 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003583}
3584
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003586ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3587 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00003588 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003589 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003590 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003591 // TODO: avoid this copy
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003592 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003593 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
3594 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
3595 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
3596 ArgCopy.size(),
3597 ArgCopy.data());
3598}
3599
3600QualType
3601ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
3602 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
3603 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3604 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
3605 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003606 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003607 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3608 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003609
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003610 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003611 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
3612 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003613
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003614 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003615 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
3616 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003617 if (T)
3618 return QualType(T, 0);
3619
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003620 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003621
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003622 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
3623 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
3624
3625 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003626 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003627 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
3628 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
3629 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
3630 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003631 }
3632
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003633 QualType Canon;
3634 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
3635 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
3636 Name, NumArgs,
3637 CanonArgs.data());
3638
3639 // Find the insert position again.
3640 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3641 }
3642
3643 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
3644 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
3645 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00003646 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003647 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003648 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00003649 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003650 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00003651}
3652
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003653QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
David Blaikie05785d12013-02-20 22:23:23 +00003654 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003655 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00003656 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003657
3658 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
3659 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003660 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003661 PackExpansionType *T
3662 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3663 if (T)
3664 return QualType(T, 0);
3665
3666 QualType Canon;
3667 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003668 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern);
3669 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it
3670 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its
3671 // parameters.
3672 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) {
Richard Smith8b4e1e22014-07-10 01:20:17 +00003673 Canon = getPackExpansionType(Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003674
Richard Smith68eea502012-07-16 00:20:35 +00003675 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into
3676 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position.
3677 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3678 }
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003679 }
3680
Benjamin Kramer8adeef92015-04-02 16:19:54 +00003681 T = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
3682 PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003683 Types.push_back(T);
3684 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Richard Smith8b4e1e22014-07-10 01:20:17 +00003685 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00003686}
3687
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003688/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
3689/// alphabetically.
Benjamin Kramer0eb262f2015-03-14 13:32:49 +00003690static int CmpProtocolNames(ObjCProtocolDecl *const *LHS,
3691 ObjCProtocolDecl *const *RHS) {
3692 return DeclarationName::compare((*LHS)->getDeclName(), (*RHS)->getDeclName());
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003693}
3694
Craig Topper1f26d5b2016-01-03 19:43:23 +00003695static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols) {
3696 if (Protocols.empty()) return true;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003697
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003698 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0])
3699 return false;
3700
Craig Topper1f26d5b2016-01-03 19:43:23 +00003701 for (unsigned i = 1; i != Protocols.size(); ++i)
Benjamin Kramer0eb262f2015-03-14 13:32:49 +00003702 if (CmpProtocolNames(&Protocols[i - 1], &Protocols[i]) >= 0 ||
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003703 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i])
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003704 return false;
3705 return true;
3706}
3707
Craig Topper6a8c1512015-10-22 01:56:18 +00003708static void
3709SortAndUniqueProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &Protocols) {
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003710 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
Craig Topper6a8c1512015-10-22 01:56:18 +00003711 llvm::array_pod_sort(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end(), CmpProtocolNames);
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003712
Douglas Gregorcf9f3ea2012-01-02 02:00:30 +00003713 // Canonicalize.
Craig Topper6a8c1512015-10-22 01:56:18 +00003714 for (ObjCProtocolDecl *&P : Protocols)
3715 P = P->getCanonicalDecl();
3716
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003717 // Remove duplicates.
Craig Topper6a8c1512015-10-22 01:56:18 +00003718 auto ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols.begin(), Protocols.end());
3719 Protocols.erase(ProtocolsEnd, Protocols.end());
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003720}
3721
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003722QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
3723 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003724 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003725 return getObjCObjectType(BaseType, { },
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003726 llvm::makeArrayRef(Protocols, NumProtocols),
3727 /*isKindOf=*/false);
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003728}
3729
3730QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(
3731 QualType baseType,
3732 ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs,
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003733 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols,
3734 bool isKindOf) const {
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003735 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols or
3736 // type arguments to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003737 if (typeArgs.empty() && protocols.empty() && !isKindOf &&
3738 isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(baseType))
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003739 return baseType;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003740
3741 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003742 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003743 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, baseType, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003744 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003745 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3746 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003747
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003748 // Determine the type arguments to be used for canonicalization,
3749 // which may be explicitly specified here or written on the base
3750 // type.
3751 ArrayRef<QualType> effectiveTypeArgs = typeArgs;
3752 if (effectiveTypeArgs.empty()) {
3753 if (auto baseObject = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
3754 effectiveTypeArgs = baseObject->getTypeArgs();
3755 }
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003756
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003757 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and a
3758 // sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols and the type arguments
3759 // canonicalized.
3760 QualType canonical;
3761 bool typeArgsAreCanonical = std::all_of(effectiveTypeArgs.begin(),
3762 effectiveTypeArgs.end(),
3763 [&](QualType type) {
3764 return type.isCanonical();
3765 });
Craig Topper1f26d5b2016-01-03 19:43:23 +00003766 bool protocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(protocols);
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003767 if (!typeArgsAreCanonical || !protocolsSorted || !baseType.isCanonical()) {
3768 // Determine the canonical type arguments.
3769 ArrayRef<QualType> canonTypeArgs;
3770 SmallVector<QualType, 4> canonTypeArgsVec;
3771 if (!typeArgsAreCanonical) {
3772 canonTypeArgsVec.reserve(effectiveTypeArgs.size());
3773 for (auto typeArg : effectiveTypeArgs)
3774 canonTypeArgsVec.push_back(getCanonicalType(typeArg));
3775 canonTypeArgs = canonTypeArgsVec;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003776 } else {
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003777 canonTypeArgs = effectiveTypeArgs;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003778 }
3779
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003780 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> canonProtocols;
3781 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> canonProtocolsVec;
3782 if (!protocolsSorted) {
Craig Topper6a8c1512015-10-22 01:56:18 +00003783 canonProtocolsVec.append(protocols.begin(), protocols.end());
3784 SortAndUniqueProtocols(canonProtocolsVec);
3785 canonProtocols = canonProtocolsVec;
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003786 } else {
3787 canonProtocols = protocols;
3788 }
3789
3790 canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(baseType), canonTypeArgs,
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003791 canonProtocols, isKindOf);
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003792
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003793 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003794 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3795 }
3796
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00003797 unsigned size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
3798 size += typeArgs.size() * sizeof(QualType);
3799 size += protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
3800 void *mem = Allocate(size, TypeAlignment);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003801 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00003802 new (mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(canonical, baseType, typeArgs, protocols,
3803 isKindOf);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003804
3805 Types.push_back(T);
3806 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
3807 return QualType(T, 0);
3808}
3809
Fariborz Jahanian92ab2982013-11-20 00:32:12 +00003810/// ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols - Checks that protocols in IC's
3811/// protocol list adopt all protocols in QT's qualified-id protocol
3812/// list.
3813bool ASTContext::ObjCObjectAdoptsQTypeProtocols(QualType QT,
3814 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC) {
3815 if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3816 return false;
3817
3818 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3819 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00003820 for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
Fariborz Jahanian92ab2982013-11-20 00:32:12 +00003821 if (!IC->ClassImplementsProtocol(Proto, false))
3822 return false;
3823 }
3824 return true;
3825 }
3826 return false;
3827}
3828
3829/// QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols - Checks that protocols in
3830/// QT's qualified-id protocol list adopt all protocols in IDecl's list
3831/// of protocols.
3832bool ASTContext::QIdProtocolsAdoptObjCObjectProtocols(QualType QT,
3833 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl) {
3834 if (!QT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3835 return false;
3836 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = QT->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
3837 if (!OPT)
3838 return false;
3839 if (!IDecl->hasDefinition())
3840 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian91fb0be2013-11-20 19:01:50 +00003841 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocols;
3842 CollectInheritedProtocols(IDecl, InheritedProtocols);
3843 if (InheritedProtocols.empty())
3844 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian48a01cb2014-04-04 23:53:45 +00003845 // Check that if every protocol in list of id<plist> conforms to a protcol
3846 // of IDecl's, then bridge casting is ok.
3847 bool Conforms = false;
3848 for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
3849 Conforms = false;
3850 for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
3851 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(Proto, PI)) {
3852 Conforms = true;
3853 break;
3854 }
3855 }
3856 if (!Conforms)
3857 break;
3858 }
3859 if (Conforms)
3860 return true;
3861
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00003862 for (auto *PI : InheritedProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian92ab2982013-11-20 00:32:12 +00003863 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
3864 bool Adopts = false;
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00003865 for (auto *Proto : OPT->quals()) {
Fariborz Jahanian48a01cb2014-04-04 23:53:45 +00003866 // return 'true' if 'PI' is in the inheritance hierarchy of Proto
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00003867 if ((Adopts = ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(PI, Proto)))
Fariborz Jahanian92ab2982013-11-20 00:32:12 +00003868 break;
3869 }
3870 if (!Adopts)
Fariborz Jahanian91fb0be2013-11-20 19:01:50 +00003871 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian92ab2982013-11-20 00:32:12 +00003872 }
3873 return true;
3874}
3875
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003876/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
3877/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003878QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003879 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3880 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
3881
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003882 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003883 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
3884 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
3885 return QualType(QT, 0);
3886
3887 // Find the canonical object type.
3888 QualType Canonical;
3889 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
3890 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
3891
3892 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00003893 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3894 }
3895
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00003896 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003897 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
3898 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
3899 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003900
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003901 Types.push_back(QType);
3902 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00003903 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00003904}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00003905
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003906/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
3907/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003908QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
3909 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003910 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
3911 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003912
Douglas Gregorab1ec82e2011-12-16 03:12:41 +00003913 if (PrevDecl) {
3914 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl");
3915 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
3916 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
3917 }
3918
Douglas Gregor7671e532011-12-16 16:34:57 +00003919 // Prefer the definition, if there is one.
3920 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition())
3921 Decl = Def;
3922
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00003923 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
3924 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
3925 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
3926 Types.push_back(T);
3927 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00003928}
3929
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00003930/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
3931/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003932/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003933/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003934/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003935QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003936 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003937 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
3938 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3939 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003940
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003941 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003942 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
3943 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3944 if (Canon) {
3945 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
3946 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003947 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003948 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
Chad Rosier6fdf38b2011-08-17 23:08:45 +00003949 } else {
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003950 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003951 Canon
3952 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00003953 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
3954 toe = Canon;
3955 }
3956 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003957 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003958 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003959 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003960 Types.push_back(toe);
3961 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003962}
3963
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003964/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003965/// TypeOfType nodes. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003966/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003967/// an issue. This doesn't affect the type checker, since it operates
3968/// on canonical types (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003969QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003970 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003971 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00003972 Types.push_back(tot);
3973 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003974}
3975
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003976/// \brief Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique DecltypeType
3977/// nodes. This would never be helpful, since each such type has its own
3978/// expression, and would not give a significant memory saving, since there
3979/// is an Expr tree under each such type.
Douglas Gregor81495f32012-02-12 18:42:33 +00003980QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00003981 DecltypeType *dt;
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003982
3983 // C++11 [temp.type]p2:
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003984 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003985 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same
3986 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1).
Douglas Gregor678d76c2011-07-01 01:22:09 +00003987 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003988 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3989 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00003991 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003992 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
3993 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003994 if (!Canon) {
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003995 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00003996 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003997 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00003998 }
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00003999 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
4000 DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, QualType((DecltypeType *)Canon, 0));
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00004001 } else {
Richard Smith8eb1d322014-06-05 20:13:13 +00004002 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
4003 DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00004004 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00004005 Types.push_back(dt);
4006 return QualType(dt, 0);
4007}
4008
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00004009/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory
4010/// savings are minimal and these are rare.
4011QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
4012 QualType UnderlyingType,
4013 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind)
4014 const {
4015 UnaryTransformType *Ty =
Douglas Gregor6c6e6762011-05-25 17:51:54 +00004016 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType,
4017 Kind,
4018 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ?
Peter Collingbourne15d48ec2012-03-05 16:02:06 +00004019 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType));
Alexis Hunte852b102011-05-24 22:41:36 +00004020 Types.push_back(Ty);
4021 return QualType(Ty, 0);
4022}
4023
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004024/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been
4025/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the
4026/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type.
Richard Smithe301ba22015-11-11 02:02:15 +00004027QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword,
Manuel Klimek2fdbea22013-08-22 12:12:24 +00004028 bool IsDependent) const {
Richard Smithe301ba22015-11-11 02:02:15 +00004029 if (DeducedType.isNull() && Keyword == AutoTypeKeyword::Auto && !IsDependent)
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004030 return getAutoDeductType();
Manuel Klimek2fdbea22013-08-22 12:12:24 +00004031
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004032 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004033 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004034 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Richard Smithe301ba22015-11-11 02:02:15 +00004035 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, Keyword, IsDependent);
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004036 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
4037 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00004038
Richard Smith74aeef52013-04-26 16:15:35 +00004039 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType,
Richard Smithe301ba22015-11-11 02:02:15 +00004040 Keyword,
Manuel Klimek2fdbea22013-08-22 12:12:24 +00004041 IsDependent);
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00004042 Types.push_back(AT);
4043 if (InsertPos)
4044 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
4045 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00004046}
4047
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00004048/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for
4049/// the given value type.
4050QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const {
4051 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
4052 // structure.
4053 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4054 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T);
4055
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004056 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00004057 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
4058 return QualType(AT, 0);
4059
4060 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
4061 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
4062 QualType Canonical;
4063 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
4064 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T));
4065
4066 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
4067 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004068 assert(!NewIP && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00004069 }
4070 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical);
4071 Types.push_back(New);
4072 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
4073 return QualType(New, 0);
4074}
4075
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00004076/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
4077QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
4078 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004079 AutoDeductTy = QualType(
Richard Smithe301ba22015-11-11 02:02:15 +00004080 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), AutoTypeKeyword::Auto,
Manuel Klimek2fdbea22013-08-22 12:12:24 +00004081 /*dependent*/false),
Richard Smith2a7d4812013-05-04 07:00:32 +00004082 0);
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00004083 return AutoDeductTy;
4084}
4085
4086/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
4087QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
4088 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
4089 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
4090 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
4091 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
4092}
4093
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00004094/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
4095/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004096QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00004097 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00004098 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
4099 // away const? mutable?
4100 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00004101}
4102
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004103/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
4104/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
4105/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00004106CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00004107 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00004108}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00004109
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00004110/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
4111CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const {
4112 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType());
4113}
4114
4115/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5).
4116CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const {
4117 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType());
4118}
4119
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00004120/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
4121/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
4122QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
4123 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
4124 return WCharTy;
4125}
4126
4127/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
4128/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
4129QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
4130 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
4131 return UnsignedIntTy;
4132}
4133
Enea Zaffanellaf11ceb62013-01-26 17:08:37 +00004134QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const {
4135 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType());
4136}
4137
4138QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const {
4139 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType());
4140}
4141
Hans Wennborg27541db2011-10-27 08:29:09 +00004142/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17)
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00004143/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
4144QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregore8bbc122011-09-02 00:18:52 +00004145 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00004146}
4147
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00004148/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in
4149/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork().
4150QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const {
4151 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType());
4152}
4153
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004154//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4155// Type Operators
4156//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4157
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004158CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00004159 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
4160 // qualifiers.
4161 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00004162 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00004163 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00004164 QualType Result;
4165 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
4166 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
4167 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
4168 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
4169 } else {
4170 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
4171 }
4172
4173 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
4174}
4175
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004176QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
4177 Qualifiers &quals) {
4178 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
4179
4180 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
4181 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
4182 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
4183 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
4184 const ArrayType *AT =
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004185 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004186
4187 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00004188 if (!AT) {
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004189 quals = splitType.Quals;
4190 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00004191 }
4192
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004193 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
4194 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
4195 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
4196
4197 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
4198 // can just use the results in splitType.
4199 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
4200 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004201 quals = splitType.Quals;
4202 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004203 }
4204
4205 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
4206 // build the type back up.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004207 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00004208
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00004209 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004210 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00004211 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
4212 }
4213
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00004214 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004215 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00004216 }
4217
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00004218 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004219 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004220 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00004221 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
4222 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
4223 VAT->getBracketsRange());
4224 }
4225
4226 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00004227 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00004228 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
4229 SourceRange());
4230}
4231
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00004232/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
4233/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
4234/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
4235/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
4236/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
4237/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
4238/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
4239/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
4240bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
4241 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
4242 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
4243 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
4244 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
4245 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
4246 return true;
4247 }
4248
4249 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
4250 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4251 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
4252 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
4253 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
4254 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
4255 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
4256 return true;
4257 }
4258
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004259 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00004260 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4261 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4262 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
4263 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
4264 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
4265 return true;
4266 }
4267 }
4268
4269 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
4270
4271 return false;
4272}
4273
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004274DeclarationNameInfo
4275ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
4276 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004277 switch (Name.getKind()) {
4278 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
4279 case TemplateName::Template:
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00004280 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004281 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(),
4282 NameLoc);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00004283
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004284 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: {
4285 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
4286 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
4287 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
4288 }
4289
4290 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
4291 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00004292 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00004293 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00004294 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
4295 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00004296 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00004297 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
4298 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
4299 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
4300 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
4301 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
4302 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00004303 }
4304 }
4305
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004306 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
4307 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
4308 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
4309 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(),
4310 NameLoc);
4311 }
4312
4313 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
4314 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
4315 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
4316 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(),
4317 NameLoc);
4318 }
4319 }
4320
4321 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!");
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00004322}
4323
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004324TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004325 switch (Name.getKind()) {
4326 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate:
4327 case TemplateName::Template: {
4328 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00004329 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004330 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00004331 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
4332
4333 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004334 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00004335 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00004336
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004337 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate:
4338 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004339
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00004340 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: {
4341 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
4342 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
4343 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
4344 }
4345
4346 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: {
4347 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
4348 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm();
4349 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement());
4350 }
4351
4352 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: {
4353 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst
4354 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack();
4355 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter
4356 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack());
4357 TemplateArgument canonArgPack
4358 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack());
4359 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack);
4360 }
4361 }
4362
4363 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!");
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00004364}
4365
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00004366bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
4367 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
4368 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
4369 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
4370}
4371
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004372TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004373ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004374 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
4375 case TemplateArgument::Null:
4376 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004377
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004378 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004379 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004380
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00004381 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00004382 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
David Blaikie952a9b12014-10-17 18:00:12 +00004383 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.getParamTypeForDecl());
Douglas Gregor31f55dc2012-04-06 22:40:38 +00004384 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004385
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00004386 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
4387 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()),
4388 /*isNullPtr*/true);
4389
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00004390 case TemplateArgument::Template:
4391 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00004392
4393 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
4394 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
4395 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00004396 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00004397
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004398 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
Benjamin Kramer6003ad52012-06-07 15:09:51 +00004399 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004400
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004401 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004402 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004403
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004404 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00004405 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
4406 return Arg;
4407
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004408 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
4409 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004410 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004411 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004412 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
4413 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
4414 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004415
Benjamin Kramercce63472015-08-05 09:40:22 +00004416 return TemplateArgument(llvm::makeArrayRef(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()));
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004417 }
4418 }
4419
4420 // Silence GCC warning
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004421 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind");
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00004422}
4423
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004424NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004425ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426 if (!NNS)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004427 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004428
4429 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
4430 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
4431 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004432 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004433 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
4434 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
4435
4436 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
4437 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
4438 // this namespace and no prefix.
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004439 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00004440 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
4441
4442 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
4443 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
4444 // this namespace and no prefix.
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004445 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr,
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00004446 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
4447 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004448
4449 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
4450 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
4451 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00004452
4453 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
4454 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
4455 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
4456 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
4457 // types, e.g.,
4458 // typedef typename T::type T1;
4459 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00004460 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>())
4461 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(),
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00004462 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00004463
Eli Friedman5358a0a2012-03-03 04:09:56 +00004464 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec.
4465 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the
4466 // first place?
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, nullptr, false,
4468 const_cast<Type *>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004469 }
4470
4471 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
Nikola Smiljanic67860242014-09-26 00:28:20 +00004472 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
4473 // The global specifier and __super specifer are canonical and unique.
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004474 return NNS;
4475 }
4476
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00004477 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!");
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00004478}
4479
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004480const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004481 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004482 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004483 // Handle the common positive case fast.
4484 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
4485 return AT;
4486 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004487
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004488 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004489 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004490 return nullptr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004491
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004492 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004493 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
4494 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004495
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004496 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
4497 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00004498 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004499
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004500 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004501 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004502
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004503 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004504 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004505 if (!ATy || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004506 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004507
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004508 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
4509 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004510 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004511
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004512 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
4513 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
4514 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004515 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004516 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
4517 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
4518 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004519 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004520
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004521 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004522 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
4523 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004524 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004525 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00004526 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004527 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004528 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004529
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004530 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004531 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00004532 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004533 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004534 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004535 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00004536}
4537
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004538QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const {
Reid Kleckner8a365022013-06-24 17:51:48 +00004539 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
4540 return getDecayedType(T);
4541 return T;
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004542}
4543
Abramo Bagnarae1decdf2012-05-17 12:44:05 +00004544QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor84280642011-07-12 04:42:08 +00004545 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4546 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T);
4547 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4548}
4549
David Majnemerd09a51c2015-03-03 01:50:05 +00004550QualType ASTContext::getExceptionObjectType(QualType T) const {
4551 // C++ [except.throw]p3:
4552 // A throw-expression initializes a temporary object, called the exception
4553 // object, the type of which is determined by removing any top-level
4554 // cv-qualifiers from the static type of the operand of throw and adjusting
4555 // the type from "array of T" or "function returning T" to "pointer to T"
4556 // or "pointer to function returning T", [...]
4557 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
4558 if (T->isArrayType() || T->isFunctionType())
4559 T = getDecayedType(T);
4560 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
4561}
4562
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004563/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
4564/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
4565/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
4566/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
4567///
4568/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004569QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004570 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
4571 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
4572 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
4573 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
4574 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
4575 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004576
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00004577 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004578
4579 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004580 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00004581}
4582
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004583QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
4584 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00004585}
4586
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004587QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
4588 Qualifiers qs;
4589 while (true) {
4590 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004591 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004592 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004593
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004594 type = array->getElementType();
John McCall18ce25e2012-02-08 00:46:36 +00004595 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004596 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004597
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00004598 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00004599}
4600
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004601/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004602uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004603ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
4604 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
4605 do {
4606 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
Richard Smith7808c6a2012-12-06 03:04:50 +00004607 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(
4608 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe());
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00004609 } while (CA);
4610 return ElementCount;
4611}
4612
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004613/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
4614/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004615static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004616 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004617 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004618
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004619 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
4620 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004621 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Anton Korobeynikovf0c267e2011-10-14 23:23:15 +00004622 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00004623 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
4624 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
4625 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004626 }
4627}
4628
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004629/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
4630/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00004631/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
4632/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004633QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
4634 QualType Domain) const {
4635 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
4636 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
4637 switch (EltRank) {
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004638 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004639 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
4640 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
4641 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
4642 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00004643 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004644
4645 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
4646 switch (EltRank) {
Joey Goulydd7f4562013-01-23 11:56:20 +00004647 case HalfRank: return HalfTy;
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00004648 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
4649 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
4650 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00004651 }
David Blaikief47fa302012-01-17 02:30:50 +00004652 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004653}
4654
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004655/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
4656/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
4657/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004658/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004659int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004660 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
4661 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004663 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004664 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00004665 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00004666 return 1;
4667 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004668}
4669
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004670/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
4671/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
4672/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004673unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004674 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00004675
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004676 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00004677 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004678 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004679 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004680 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4681 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4682 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4683 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004684 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004685 case BuiltinType::Short:
4686 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004687 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004688 case BuiltinType::Int:
4689 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004690 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004691 case BuiltinType::Long:
4692 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004693 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004694 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4695 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004696 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004697 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4698 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
4699 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004700 }
4701}
4702
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004703/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
4704/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
4705///
4706/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
4707/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004708QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00004709 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
4710 return QualType();
Richard Smith5b571672014-09-24 23:55:00 +00004711
4712 // FIXME: We should not do this unless E->refersToBitField() is true. This
4713 // matters in C where getSourceBitField() will find bit-fields for various
4714 // cases where the source expression is not a bit-field designator.
4715
John McCalld25db7e2013-05-06 21:39:12 +00004716 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields?
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004717 if (!Field)
4718 return QualType();
4719
4720 QualType FT = Field->getType();
4721
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00004722 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004723 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
Richard Smith5b571672014-09-24 23:55:00 +00004724 // C++ [conv.prom]p5:
4725 // A prvalue for an integral bit-field can be converted to a prvalue of type
4726 // int if int can represent all the values of the bit-field; otherwise, it
4727 // can be converted to unsigned int if unsigned int can represent all the
4728 // values of the bit-field. If the bit-field is larger yet, no integral
4729 // promotion applies to it.
4730 // C11 6.3.1.1/2:
4731 // [For a bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int:]
4732 // If an int can represent all values of the original type (as restricted by
4733 // the width, for a bit-field), the value is converted to an int; otherwise,
4734 // it is converted to an unsigned int.
4735 //
4736 // FIXME: C does not permit promotion of a 'long : 3' bitfield to int.
4737 // We perform that promotion here to match GCC and C++.
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004738 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
4739 return IntTy;
4740
4741 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
4742 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4743
4744 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
Richard Smith5b571672014-09-24 23:55:00 +00004745 // like the base type. GCC has some weird bugs in this area that we
4746 // deliberately do not follow (GCC follows a pre-standard resolution to
4747 // C's DR315 which treats bit-width as being part of the type, and this leaks
4748 // into their semantics in some cases).
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00004749 return QualType();
4750}
4751
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004752/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
4753/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
4754/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004755QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004756 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
4757 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004758 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
4759 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman3f37c1c2011-10-26 07:22:48 +00004760
4761 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4762 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t
4763 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following
4764 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type:
4765 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or
4766 // unsigned long long int [...]
4767 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this?
4768 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S ||
4769 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U ||
4770 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 ||
4771 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) {
4772 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S;
4773 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT);
4774 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy,
4775 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy };
4776 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) {
4777 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
4778 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
4779 (FromSize == ToSize &&
4780 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType()))
4781 return PromoteTypes[Idx];
4782 }
4783 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long");
4784 }
4785 }
4786
4787 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004788 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
4789 return IntTy;
Eli Friedman6745c3b2012-11-15 01:21:59 +00004790 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable);
4791 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy);
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004792 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
4793 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
4794}
4795
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004796/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable
4797/// type and returns its ownership.
4798Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const {
4799 while (!T.isNull()) {
4800 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
4801 return T.getObjCLifetime();
4802 if (T->isArrayType())
4803 T = getBaseElementType(T);
4804 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>())
4805 T = PT->getPointeeType();
4806 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8e252532011-07-01 23:01:46 +00004807 T = RT->getPointeeType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7451d1c2011-07-01 22:22:50 +00004808 else
4809 break;
4810 }
4811
4812 return Qualifiers::OCL_None;
4813}
4814
Ted Kremeneke65ab9e2013-10-10 00:54:01 +00004815static const Type *getIntegerTypeForEnum(const EnumType *ET) {
4816 // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types.
4817 // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types.
4818 if (ET->getDecl()->isComplete() && !ET->getDecl()->isScoped())
4819 return ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getTypePtr();
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004820 return nullptr;
Ted Kremeneke65ab9e2013-10-10 00:54:01 +00004821}
4822
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004823/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004824/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004825/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004826int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004827 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
4828 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Ted Kremeneke65ab9e2013-10-10 00:54:01 +00004829
4830 // Unwrap enums to their underlying type.
4831 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(LHSC))
4832 LHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
4833 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(RHSC))
4834 RHSC = getIntegerTypeForEnum(ET);
4835
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004836 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004837
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004838 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4839 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004840
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004841 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
4842 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004843
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004844 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
4845 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
4846 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
4847 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004848
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004849 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
4850 if (LHSUnsigned) {
4851 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
4852 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
4853 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004854
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004855 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4856 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004857 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004858 return -1;
4859 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00004860
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004861 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
4862 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
4863 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004864
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004865 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
4866 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004867 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00004868 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00004869}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004870
Quentin Colombet043406b2016-02-03 22:41:00 +00004871TagDecl *ASTContext::getCFConstantStringDecl() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004872 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Quentin Colombet043406b2016-02-03 22:41:00 +00004873 // This type is designed to be compatible with NSConstantString, but cannot
4874 // use the same name, since NSConstantString is an interface.
4875 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("__NSConstantString");
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00004876 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00004877
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004878 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004880 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004881 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00004882 // int flags;
4883 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004884 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004885 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004886 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004887 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
4888
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004889 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004890 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004891 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00004892 SourceLocation(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004893 SourceLocation(), nullptr,
4894 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
4895 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Richard Smith938f40b2011-06-11 17:19:42 +00004896 /*Mutable=*/false,
Richard Smith2b013182012-06-10 03:12:00 +00004897 ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004898 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004899 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004900 }
4901
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00004902 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00004903 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004904
Quentin Colombet043406b2016-02-03 22:41:00 +00004905 return CFConstantStringTypeDecl;
4906}
4907
4908// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
4909QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
4910 return getTagDeclType(getCFConstantStringDecl());
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00004911}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004912
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004913QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const {
4914 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) {
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004915 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = buildImplicitRecord("objc_super");
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00004916 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4917 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl);
4918 }
4919 return ObjCSuperType;
4920}
4921
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004922void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004923 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00004924 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
4925 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
4926}
4927
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004928QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004929 if (BlockDescriptorType)
4930 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4931
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004932 RecordDecl *RD;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004933 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004934 RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor");
4935 RD->startDefinition();
4936
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004937 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4938 UnsignedLongTy,
4939 UnsignedLongTy,
4940 };
4941
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004942 static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004943 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004944 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004945 };
4946
4947 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004948 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
4949 *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004950 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
4951 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004952 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004953 RD->addDecl(Field);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004954 }
4955
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004956 RD->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004957
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004958 BlockDescriptorType = RD;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00004959
4960 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
4961}
4962
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004963QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004964 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
4965 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
4966
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004967 RecordDecl *RD;
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004968 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004969 RD = buildImplicitRecord("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose");
4970 RD->startDefinition();
4971
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004972 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
4973 UnsignedLongTy,
4974 UnsignedLongTy,
4975 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
4976 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
4977 };
4978
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004979 static const char *const FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004980 "reserved",
4981 "Size",
4982 "CopyFuncPtr",
4983 "DestroyFuncPtr"
4984 };
4985
4986 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004987 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
4988 *this, RD, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00004989 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
4990 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004991 /*Mutable=*/false, ICIS_NoInit);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00004992 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004993 RD->addDecl(Field);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004994 }
4995
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004996 RD->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004997
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00004998 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = RD;
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00004999 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
5000}
5001
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00005002/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty"
5003/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic
5004/// in buildByrefHelpers.
5005bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty,
5006 const VarDecl *D) {
5007 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
5008 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D);
5009 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false;
5010
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00005011 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00005012 }
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00005013
5014 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false;
5015
5016 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers();
5017
5018 // If we have lifetime, that dominates.
5019 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) {
Fariborz Jahanian998f0a32012-11-28 23:12:17 +00005020 switch (lifetime) {
5021 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible");
5022
5023 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned.
5024 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
5025 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
5026 return false;
5027
5028 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the
5029 // byref routines.
5030 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
5031 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained.
5032 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
5033 return true;
5034 }
5035 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!");
5036 }
5037 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) ||
5038 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType());
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00005039}
5040
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00005041bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty,
5042 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime,
5043 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const {
5044
5045 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 ||
5046 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5047 return false;
5048
5049 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false;
Fariborz Jahanianf762b722012-12-11 19:58:01 +00005050 if (Ty->isRecordType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00005051 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true;
5052 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
John McCall460ce582015-10-22 18:38:17 +00005053 } else if ((LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime())) {
5054 // Honor the ARC qualifiers.
5055 } else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
5056 // The MRR rule.
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00005057 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
John McCall460ce582015-10-22 18:38:17 +00005058 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00005059 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None;
John McCall460ce582015-10-22 18:38:17 +00005060 }
Fariborz Jahaniana9d44642012-11-14 17:15:51 +00005061 return true;
5062}
5063
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00005064TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() {
5065 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl)
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00005066 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl =
5067 buildImplicitTypedef(getObjCIdType(), "instancetype");
Douglas Gregorbab8a962011-09-08 01:46:34 +00005068 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl;
5069}
5070
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005071// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
5072// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00005073static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005074 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00005075 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
5076 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005077
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005078 return false;
5079}
5080
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005081/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005082/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005083CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005084 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType())
5085 return CharUnits::Zero();
5086
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005087 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005088
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005089 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00005090 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005091 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005092 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
5093 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005094 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00005095 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005096}
5097
Hans Wennborg56fc62b2014-07-17 20:25:23 +00005098bool ASTContext::isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(const VarDecl *VD) const {
David Majnemer3f021502015-10-08 04:53:31 +00005099 return getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
5100 VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
David Majnemerfac52432015-10-19 23:22:49 +00005101 VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
5102 !VD->getFirstDecl()->isOutOfLine() && VD->getFirstDecl()->hasInit();
Hans Wennborg56fc62b2014-07-17 20:25:23 +00005103}
5104
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005105static inline
5106std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
5107 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005108}
5109
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00005110/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005111/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00005112std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
5113 std::string S;
5114
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005115 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
5116 QualType BlockTy =
5117 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5118 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00005119 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00005120 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(
5121 Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S,
5122 true /*Extended*/);
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00005123 else
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00005124 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005125 // Compute size of all parameters.
5126 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
5127 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
5128 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005129 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
5130 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Aaron Ballmanb2b8b1d2014-03-07 16:09:59 +00005131 for (auto PI : Decl->params()) {
5132 QualType PType = PI->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00005133 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahaniand4879412012-06-30 00:48:59 +00005134 if (sz.isZero())
5135 continue;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005136 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005137 ParmOffset += sz;
5138 }
5139 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005140 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005141 // Block pointer and offset.
5142 S += "@?0";
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005143
5144 // Argument types.
5145 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Aaron Ballmanb2b8b1d2014-03-07 16:09:59 +00005146 for (auto PVDecl : Decl->params()) {
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005147 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
5148 if (const ArrayType *AT =
5149 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
5150 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
5151 // elements.
5152 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
5153 PType = PVDecl->getType();
5154 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
5155 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanian0e3043b2012-11-15 19:02:45 +00005156 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig)
Fariborz Jahanian64223e62012-11-14 23:11:38 +00005157 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType,
5158 S, true /*Extended*/);
5159 else
5160 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005161 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00005162 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005163 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00005164
5165 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00005166}
5167
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005168bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005169 std::string& S) {
5170 // Encode result type.
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00005171 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getReturnType(), S);
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005172 CharUnits ParmOffset;
5173 // Compute size of all parameters.
Aaron Ballmanf6bf62e2014-03-07 15:12:56 +00005174 for (auto PI : Decl->params()) {
5175 QualType PType = PI->getType();
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005176 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005177 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00005178 continue;
5179
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005180 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005181 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005182 ParmOffset += sz;
5183 }
5184 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
5185 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
5186
5187 // Argument types.
Aaron Ballmanf6bf62e2014-03-07 15:12:56 +00005188 for (auto PVDecl : Decl->params()) {
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005189 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
5190 if (const ArrayType *AT =
5191 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
5192 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
5193 // elements.
5194 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
5195 PType = PVDecl->getType();
5196 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
5197 PType = PVDecl->getType();
5198 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
5199 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
5200 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
5201 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005202
5203 return false;
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00005204}
5205
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005206/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single
5207/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and
5208/// block object types.
5209void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
5210 QualType T, std::string& S,
5211 bool Extended) const {
5212 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter.
5213 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S);
5214 // Encode parameter type.
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005215 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005216 true /*OutermostType*/,
5217 false /*EncodingProperty*/,
5218 false /*StructField*/,
5219 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/,
5220 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/);
5221}
5222
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00005223/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005224/// declaration.
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005225bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005226 std::string& S,
5227 bool Extended) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005228 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005229 // Encode return type.
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00005230 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
5231 Decl->getReturnType(), S, Extended);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005232 // Compute size of all parameters.
5233 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
5234 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
5235 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005236 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005237 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
5238 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005239 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00005240 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00005241 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00005242 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00005243 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005244 if (sz.isZero())
Fariborz Jahanian271b8d42012-06-29 22:54:56 +00005245 continue;
5246
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005247 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
5248 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005249 ParmOffset += sz;
5250 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005251 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005252 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005253 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005254
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005255 // Argument types.
5256 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00005257 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00005258 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb8c3aaf2011-10-03 06:37:04 +00005259 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00005261 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00005262 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
5263 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
5264 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00005265 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00005266 PType = PVDecl->getType();
5267 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
5268 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005269 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(),
5270 PType, S, Extended);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00005271 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00005272 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005273 }
Douglas Gregora9d84932011-05-27 01:19:52 +00005274
5275 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00005276}
5277
Fariborz Jahaniandad96302014-01-22 19:02:20 +00005278ObjCPropertyImplDecl *
5279ASTContext::getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(
5280 const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
5281 const Decl *Container) const {
5282 if (!Container)
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005283 return nullptr;
Fariborz Jahaniandad96302014-01-22 19:02:20 +00005284 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
5285 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
Aaron Ballmand85eff42014-03-14 15:02:45 +00005286 for (auto *PID : CID->property_impls())
5287 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
5288 return PID;
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005289 } else {
5290 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
5291 for (auto *PID : OID->property_impls())
5292 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD)
5293 return PID;
5294 }
5295 return nullptr;
Fariborz Jahaniandad96302014-01-22 19:02:20 +00005296}
5297
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005298/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00005299/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005300/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
5301/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005302/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
5303/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
5304/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
5305/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
5306/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00005307/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
5308/// @code
5309/// enum PropertyAttributes {
5310/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
5311/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
5312/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
5313/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
5314/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
5315/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
5316/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
Bob Wilson8cf61852012-03-22 17:48:02 +00005317/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding.
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00005318/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
5319/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
5320/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
5321/// };
5322/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005323void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005324 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005325 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005326 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
5327 bool Dynamic = false;
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005328 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005329
Fariborz Jahaniandad96302014-01-22 19:02:20 +00005330 if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PropertyImpDecl =
5331 getObjCPropertyImplDeclForPropertyDecl(PD, Container)) {
5332 if (PropertyImpDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic)
5333 Dynamic = true;
5334 else
5335 SynthesizePID = PropertyImpDecl;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005336 }
5337
5338 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
5339 S = "T";
5340
5341 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00005342 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
5343 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Joe Groff98ac7d22014-07-07 22:25:15 +00005344 getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(PD->getType(), S);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005345
5346 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
5347 S += ",R";
Nico Weber4e8626f2013-05-08 23:47:40 +00005348 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy)
5349 S += ",C";
5350 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain)
5351 S += ",&";
Fariborz Jahanian33079ee2014-04-02 22:49:42 +00005352 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_weak)
5353 S += ",W";
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005354 } else {
5355 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
5356 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
5357 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005358 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Fariborz Jahanian70a315c2011-08-12 20:47:08 +00005359 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005360 }
5361 }
5362
5363 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
5364 // are "dynamic by default".
5365 if (Dynamic)
5366 S += ",D";
5367
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00005368 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
5369 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005370
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005371 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
5372 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00005373 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005374 }
5375
5376 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
5377 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00005378 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005379 }
5380
5381 if (SynthesizePID) {
5382 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
5383 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00005384 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00005385 }
5386
5387 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
5388}
5389
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005390/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005391/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
5392/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005393/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
5394///
5395void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005396 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005397 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005398 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005399 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005400 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005401 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005402 PointeeTy = IntTy;
5403 }
5404 }
5405}
5406
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005407void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005408 const FieldDecl *Field,
5409 QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005410 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
5411 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
5412 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
5413 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005414 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005415 true /* outermost type */, false, false,
5416 false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005417}
5418
Joe Groff98ac7d22014-07-07 22:25:15 +00005419void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyType(QualType T,
5420 std::string& S) const {
5421 // Encode result type.
5422 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
5423 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
5424 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, nullptr,
5425 true /* outermost type */,
5426 true /* encoding property */);
5427}
5428
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005429static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C,
5430 BuiltinType::Kind kind) {
5431 switch (kind) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005432 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
5433 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
5434 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
5435 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005436 case BuiltinType::Char16:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005437 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005438 case BuiltinType::Char32:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005439 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
5440 case BuiltinType::ULong:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005441 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005442 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
5443 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
5444 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5445 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
5446 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00005447 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
5448 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005449 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
5450 case BuiltinType::Long:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005451 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005452 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
5453 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
5454 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
5455 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00005456 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005457 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char*
5458
5459 case BuiltinType::Half:
5460 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these!
5461 return ' ';
5462
5463 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
5464 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
5465 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
5466 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type");
5467
5468 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings.
5469 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d:
5470 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray:
5471 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer:
5472 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d:
5473 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray:
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00005474 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dDepth:
5475 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayDepth:
5476 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAA:
5477 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAA:
5478 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dMSAADepth:
5479 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepth:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005480 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d:
Guy Benyei1b4fb3e2013-01-20 12:31:11 +00005481 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
Alexey Bader9c8453f2015-09-15 11:18:52 +00005482 case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
5483 case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
5484 case BuiltinType::OCLNDRange:
5485 case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
Guy Benyei61054192013-02-07 10:55:47 +00005486 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005487 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
5488#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID)
5489#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \
5490 case BuiltinType::KIND:
5491#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
5492 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005493 }
David Blaikie5a6a0202013-01-09 17:48:41 +00005494 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value");
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005495}
5496
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005497static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) {
5498 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
5499
5500 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size.
5501 if (!Enum->isFixed())
5502 return 'i';
5503
5504 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005505 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5506 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind());
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005507}
5508
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005509static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005510 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005511 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005512 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005513 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
5514 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
5515 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
5516 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
5517 //
5518 // struct
5519 // {
5520 // int integer;
5521 // int flags:2;
5522 // };
5523 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
5524 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
5525 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
5526 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
5527 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
John McCall5fb5df92012-06-20 06:18:46 +00005528 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005529 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
5530 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Eli Friedmana3c122d2011-07-07 01:54:01 +00005531 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex()));
Douglas Gregor8b7d4032011-09-08 17:18:35 +00005532 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
5533 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005534 else {
5535 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>();
5536 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind());
5537 }
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005538 }
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00005539 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx));
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00005540}
5541
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00005542// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00005543void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
5544 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
5545 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00005546 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00005547 bool OutermostType,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005548 bool EncodingProperty,
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005549 bool StructField,
5550 bool EncodeBlockParameters,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005551 bool EncodeClassNames,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005552 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
5553 QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005554 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T);
5555 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) {
5556 case Type::Builtin:
5557 case Type::Enum:
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005558 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00005559 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005560 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT))
5561 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind());
5562 else
5563 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT));
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005564 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005565
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005566 case Type::Complex: {
5567 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>();
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00005568 S += 'j';
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005569 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005570 return;
5571 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005572
5573 case Type::Atomic: {
5574 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>();
5575 S += 'A';
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005576 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, nullptr);
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005577 return;
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00005578 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005579
5580 // encoding for pointer or reference types.
5581 case Type::Pointer:
5582 case Type::LValueReference:
5583 case Type::RValueReference: {
5584 QualType PointeeTy;
5585 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) {
5586 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>();
5587 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
5588 S += ':';
5589 return;
5590 }
5591 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
5592 } else {
5593 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
5594 }
5595
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005596 bool isReadOnly = false;
5597 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
5598 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
5599 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005600 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00005601 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005602 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
5603 isReadOnly = true;
5604 S += 'r';
5605 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00005606 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005607 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005608 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
5609 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005610 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
5611 isReadOnly = true;
5612 S += 'r';
5613 }
5614 }
5615 if (isReadOnly) {
5616 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
5617 // combinations need to be rearranged.
5618 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00005619 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00005620 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005621 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005622
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005623 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
5624 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
5625 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00005626 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005627 S += '*';
5628 return;
5629 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005630 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00005631 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
5632 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
5633 S += '#';
5634 return;
5635 }
5636 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
5637 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
5638 S += '@';
5639 return;
5640 }
5641 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005642 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005643 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00005644 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
5645
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005646 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005647 nullptr, false, false, false, false, false, false,
5648 NotEncodedT);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005649 return;
5650 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005651
5652 case Type::ConstantArray:
5653 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5654 case Type::VariableArray: {
5655 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT);
5656
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005657 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005658 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
5659 S += '^';
5660
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005661 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005662 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
5663 } else {
5664 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005665
Fariborz Jahanianf0dc11a2013-06-04 16:04:37 +00005666 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
5667 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
5668 else {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005669 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005670 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) &&
5671 "Unknown array type!");
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005672 S += '0';
5673 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005674
5675 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005676 false, ExpandStructures, FD,
5677 false, false, false, false, false, false,
5678 NotEncodedT);
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00005679 S += ']';
5680 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005681 return;
5682 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005683
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005684 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
5685 case Type::FunctionProto:
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00005686 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005687 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005688
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005689 case Type::Record: {
5690 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005691 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005692 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
5693 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
5694 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005695 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
5696 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
5697 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
Benjamin Kramer9170e912013-02-22 15:46:01 +00005698 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S);
5699 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS,
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00005700 TemplateArgs.data(),
5701 TemplateArgs.size(),
Douglas Gregorc0b07282011-09-27 22:38:19 +00005702 (*this).getPrintingPolicy());
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00005703 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00005704 } else {
5705 S += '?';
5706 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00005707 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005708 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005709 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005710 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD, true, NotEncodedT);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005711 } else {
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005712 for (const auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005713 if (FD) {
5714 S += '"';
5715 S += Field->getNameAsString();
5716 S += '"';
5717 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005718
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005719 // Special case bit-fields.
5720 if (Field->isBitField()) {
5721 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005722 Field);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005723 } else {
5724 QualType qt = Field->getType();
5725 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
5726 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
5727 FD, /*OutermostType*/false,
5728 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005729 /*StructField*/true,
5730 false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005731 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005732 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00005733 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00005734 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00005735 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005736 return;
5737 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005738
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005739 case Type::BlockPointer: {
5740 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>();
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00005741 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005742 if (EncodeBlockParameters) {
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005743 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005744
5745 S += '<';
5746 // Block return type
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00005747 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
5748 FT->getReturnType(), S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures,
5749 FD, false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005750 false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames, false,
5751 NotEncodedT);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005752 // Block self
5753 S += "@?";
5754 // Block parameters
5755 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00005756 for (const auto &I : FPT->param_types())
5757 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(
5758 I, S, ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, FD,
5759 false /* OutermostType */, EncodingProperty,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005760 false /* StructField */, EncodeBlockParameters, EncodeClassNames,
5761 false, NotEncodedT);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005762 }
5763 S += '>';
5764 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005765 return;
5766 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005767
Fariborz Jahanian33fa9622014-01-28 20:41:15 +00005768 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5769 // hack to match legacy encoding of *id and *Class
5770 QualType Ty = getObjCObjectPointerType(CT);
5771 if (Ty->isObjCIdType()) {
5772 S += "{objc_object=}";
5773 return;
5774 }
5775 else if (Ty->isObjCClassType()) {
5776 S += "{objc_class=}";
5777 return;
5778 }
5779 }
5780
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005781 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
5782 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005783 // @encode(class_name)
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00005784 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005785 S += '{';
Douglas Gregorb32684e2015-06-16 21:04:55 +00005786 S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005787 S += '=';
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005788 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005789 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5790 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Jordy Rosea91768e2011-07-22 02:08:32 +00005791 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00005792 if (Field->isBitField())
5793 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005794 else
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005795 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD,
5796 false, false, false, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005797 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef,
5798 NotEncodedT);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005799 }
5800 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005801 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00005802 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005803
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005804 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
5805 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005806 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
5807 S += '@';
5808 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005809 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005810
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00005811 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
5812 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
5813 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
5814 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005815 S += '#';
5816 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005817 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005818
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005819 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005820 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005821 ExpandPointedToStructures,
5822 ExpandStructures, FD);
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005823 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005824 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
5825 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005826 S += '"';
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00005827 for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005828 S += '<';
Douglas Gregorb32684e2015-06-16 21:04:55 +00005829 S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005830 S += '>';
5831 }
5832 S += '"';
5833 }
5834 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005835 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005836
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005837 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
5838 if (!EncodingProperty &&
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005839 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) &&
5840 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005841 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005842 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005843 // {...};
5844 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian88890e72013-07-12 16:19:11 +00005845 if (FD && OPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc682ef52013-07-12 16:41:56 +00005846 // Prevent recursive encoding of fields in some rare cases.
Fariborz Jahanian88890e72013-07-12 16:19:11 +00005847 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OPT->getInterfaceDecl();
5848 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
5849 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
5850 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
5851 if (cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]) == FD) {
5852 S += '{';
Douglas Gregorb32684e2015-06-16 21:04:55 +00005853 S += OI->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
Fariborz Jahanian88890e72013-07-12 16:19:11 +00005854 S += '}';
5855 return;
5856 }
5857 }
5858 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005859 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
5860 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005861 nullptr,
Fariborz Jahaniand4c1a202013-02-15 21:14:50 +00005862 false, false, false, false, false,
5863 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005864 return;
5865 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005866
5867 S += '@';
Bob Wilson5f4e3a72011-11-30 01:57:58 +00005868 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() &&
5869 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005870 S += '"';
Douglas Gregorb32684e2015-06-16 21:04:55 +00005871 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00005872 for (const auto *I : OPT->quals()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005873 S += '<';
Douglas Gregorb32684e2015-06-16 21:04:55 +00005874 S += I->getObjCRuntimeNameAsString();
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005875 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005876 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00005877 S += '"';
5878 }
5879 return;
5880 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005881
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00005882 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005883 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available.
5884 case Type::MemberPointer:
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005885 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is insufficient.
5886 //FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005887 case Type::Vector:
5888 case Type::ExtVector:
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005889 // Until we have a coherent encoding of these three types, issue warning.
5890 { if (NotEncodedT)
5891 *NotEncodedT = T;
5892 return;
5893 }
5894
5895 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery.
5896 // Just ignore it.
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00005897 case Type::Auto:
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00005898 return;
5899
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00005900 case Type::Pipe:
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005901#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5902#define TYPE(KIND, BASE)
5903#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5904 case Type::KIND:
5905#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5906 case Type::KIND:
5907#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \
5908 case Type::KIND:
5909#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5910 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!");
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00005911 }
John McCall393a78d2012-12-20 02:45:14 +00005912 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00005913}
5914
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005915void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl,
5916 std::string &S,
5917 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00005918 bool includeVBases,
5919 QualType *NotEncodedT) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005920 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl");
5921 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis785705b2016-01-16 00:20:02 +00005922 if (!RDecl->getDefinition() || RDecl->getDefinition()->isInvalidDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005923 return;
5924
5925 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl);
5926 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets;
5927 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl);
5928
5929 if (CXXRec) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005930 for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->bases()) {
5931 if (!BI.isVirtual()) {
5932 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005933 if (base->isEmpty())
5934 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005935 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005936 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
5937 std::make_pair(offs, base));
5938 }
5939 }
5940 }
5941
5942 unsigned i = 0;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00005943 for (auto *Field : RDecl->fields()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005944 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i);
5945 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00005946 std::make_pair(offs, Field));
5947 ++i;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005948 }
5949
5950 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) {
Aaron Ballman445a9392014-03-13 16:15:17 +00005951 for (const auto &BI : CXXRec->vbases()) {
5952 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00005953 if (base->isEmpty())
5954 continue;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00005955 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base));
Eli Friedman1d24af82013-09-18 01:59:16 +00005956 if (offs >= uint64_t(toBits(layout.getNonVirtualSize())) &&
5957 FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81c0b5c2011-09-26 18:14:24 +00005958 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(),
5959 std::make_pair(offs, base));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 CharUnits size;
5964 if (CXXRec) {
5965 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize();
5966 } else {
5967 size = layout.getSize();
5968 }
5969
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00005970#ifndef NDEBUG
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005971 uint64_t CurOffs = 0;
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00005972#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005973 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator
5974 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin();
5975
Douglas Gregorf5d6c742012-04-27 22:30:01 +00005976 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() &&
5977 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005978 if (FD) {
5979 S += "\"_vptr$";
5980 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString();
5981 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?";
5982 S += recname;
5983 S += '"';
5984 }
5985 S += "^^?";
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00005986#ifndef NDEBUG
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005987 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00005988#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005989 }
5990
5991 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
5992 // Mark the end of the structure.
5993 uint64_t offs = toBits(size);
5994 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00005995 std::make_pair(offs, nullptr));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00005996 }
5997
5998 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) {
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00005999#ifndef NDEBUG
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006000 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006001 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) {
6002 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs;
6003 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that
6004 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case
6005 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout.
6006 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without
6007 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the
6008 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be
6009 // longer then though.
6010 CurOffs += padding;
6011 }
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006012#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006013
6014 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second;
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006015 if (!dcl)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006016 break; // reached end of structure.
6017
6018 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) {
6019 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going
6020 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which
6021 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy,
6022 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is.
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00006023 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false,
6024 NotEncodedT);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00006025 assert(!base->isEmpty());
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006026#ifndef NDEBUG
Argyrios Kyrtzidis95a76f32011-06-17 23:19:38 +00006027 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize());
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006028#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006029 } else {
6030 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl);
6031 if (FD) {
6032 S += '"';
6033 S += field->getNameAsString();
6034 S += '"';
6035 }
6036
6037 if (field->isBitField()) {
6038 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field);
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006039#ifndef NDEBUG
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00006040 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this);
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006041#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006042 } else {
6043 QualType qt = field->getType();
6044 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
6045 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD,
6046 /*OutermostType*/false,
6047 /*EncodingProperty*/false,
Fariborz Jahanian4bf437e2014-08-22 23:17:52 +00006048 /*StructField*/true,
6049 false, false, false, NotEncodedT);
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006050#ifndef NDEBUG
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006051 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType());
Fariborz Jahanianf1a66de2014-01-07 01:02:50 +00006052#endif
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49b35de2011-05-17 00:46:38 +00006053 }
6054 }
6055 }
6056}
6057
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006058void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00006059 std::string& S) const {
6060 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
6061 S += 'n';
6062 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
6063 S += 'N';
6064 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
6065 S += 'o';
6066 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
6067 S += 'O';
6068 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
6069 S += 'R';
6070 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
6071 S += 'V';
6072}
6073
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00006074TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const {
6075 if (!ObjCIdDecl) {
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00006076 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, { }, { });
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00006077 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006078 ObjCIdDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "id");
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00006079 }
Douglas Gregor3ea72692011-08-12 05:46:01 +00006080 return ObjCIdDecl;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00006081}
6082
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00006083TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const {
6084 if (!ObjCSelDecl) {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006085 QualType T = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy);
6086 ObjCSelDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "SEL");
Douglas Gregor52e02802011-08-12 06:17:30 +00006087 }
6088 return ObjCSelDecl;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00006089}
6090
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00006091TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const {
6092 if (!ObjCClassDecl) {
Douglas Gregore9d95f12015-07-07 03:57:35 +00006093 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, { }, { });
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00006094 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006095 ObjCClassDecl = buildImplicitTypedef(T, "Class");
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00006096 }
Douglas Gregor0a586182011-08-12 05:59:41 +00006097 return ObjCClassDecl;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00006098}
6099
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00006100ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const {
6101 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) {
6102 ObjCProtocolClassDecl
6103 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6104 SourceLocation(),
6105 &Idents.get("Protocol"),
Douglas Gregor85f3f952015-07-07 03:57:15 +00006106 /*typeParamList=*/nullptr,
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006107 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
Douglas Gregord53ae832012-01-17 18:09:05 +00006108 SourceLocation(), true);
6109 }
6110
6111 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl;
6112}
6113
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006114//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6115// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions
6116//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6117
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00006118static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
6119 StringRef Name) {
6120 // typedef char* __builtin[_ms]_va_list;
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006121 QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy);
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00006122 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, Name);
6123}
6124
6125static TypedefDecl *CreateMSVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
6126 return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_ms_va_list");
6127}
6128
6129static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
6130 return CreateCharPtrNamedVaListDecl(Context, "__builtin_va_list");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006131}
6132
6133static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
6134 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list;
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006135 QualType T = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6136 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006137}
6138
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006139static TypedefDecl *
6140CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006141 // struct __va_list
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00006142 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006143 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6144 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
6145 NamespaceDecl *NS;
6146 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6147 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006148 /*Inline*/ false, SourceLocation(),
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006149 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006150 /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006151 NS->setImplicit();
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006152 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006153 }
6154
6155 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
6156
6157 const size_t NumFields = 5;
6158 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
6159 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
6160
6161 // void *__stack;
6162 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6163 FieldNames[0] = "__stack";
6164
6165 // void *__gr_top;
6166 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6167 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top";
6168
6169 // void *__vr_top;
6170 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6171 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top";
6172
6173 // int __gr_offs;
6174 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy;
6175 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs";
6176
6177 // int __vr_offs;
6178 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy;
6179 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs";
6180
6181 // Create fields
6182 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
6183 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6184 VaListTagDecl,
6185 SourceLocation(),
6186 SourceLocation(),
6187 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006188 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6189 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006190 /*Mutable=*/false,
6191 ICIS_NoInit);
6192 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
6193 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
6194 }
6195 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006196 Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006197 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006198
6199 // } __builtin_va_list;
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006200 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__builtin_va_list");
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006201}
6202
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006203static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
6204 // typedef struct __va_list_tag {
6205 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
6206
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00006207 VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006208 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
6209
6210 const size_t NumFields = 5;
6211 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
6212 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
6213
6214 // unsigned char gpr;
6215 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
6216 FieldNames[0] = "gpr";
6217
6218 // unsigned char fpr;
6219 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy;
6220 FieldNames[1] = "fpr";
6221
6222 // unsigned short reserved;
6223 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy;
6224 FieldNames[2] = "reserved";
6225
6226 // void* overflow_arg_area;
6227 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6228 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area";
6229
6230 // void* reg_save_area;
6231 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6232 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area";
6233
6234 // Create fields
6235 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
6236 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl,
6237 SourceLocation(),
6238 SourceLocation(),
6239 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006240 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6241 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006242 /*Mutable=*/false,
6243 ICIS_NoInit);
6244 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
6245 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
6246 }
6247 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006248 Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006249 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
6250
6251 // } __va_list_tag;
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006252 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl =
6253 Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagType, "__va_list_tag");
6254
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006255 QualType VaListTagTypedefType =
6256 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl);
6257
6258 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
6259 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
6260 QualType VaListTagArrayType
6261 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType,
6262 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006263 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006264}
6265
6266static TypedefDecl *
6267CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006268 // struct __va_list_tag {
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006269 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00006270 VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006271 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
6272
6273 const size_t NumFields = 4;
6274 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
6275 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
6276
6277 // unsigned gp_offset;
6278 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
6279 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset";
6280
6281 // unsigned fp_offset;
6282 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy;
6283 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset";
6284
6285 // void* overflow_arg_area;
6286 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6287 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area";
6288
6289 // void* reg_save_area;
6290 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6291 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area";
6292
6293 // Create fields
6294 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
6295 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6296 VaListTagDecl,
6297 SourceLocation(),
6298 SourceLocation(),
6299 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006300 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6301 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006302 /*Mutable=*/false,
6303 ICIS_NoInit);
6304 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
6305 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
6306 }
6307 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006308 Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006309 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
6310
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006311 // };
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006312
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006313 // typedef struct __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006314 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006315 QualType VaListTagArrayType =
6316 Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006317 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006318}
6319
6320static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
6321 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4];
6322 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4);
6323 QualType IntArrayType
6324 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy,
6325 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006326 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(IntArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006327}
6328
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006329static TypedefDecl *
6330CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006331 // struct __va_list
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00006332 RecordDecl *VaListDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list");
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006333 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6334 // namespace std { struct __va_list {
6335 NamespaceDecl *NS;
6336 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6337 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(),
6338 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(),
6339 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006340 /*PrevDecl*/ nullptr);
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006341 NS->setImplicit();
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006342 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006343 }
6344
6345 VaListDecl->startDefinition();
6346
6347 // void * __ap;
6348 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6349 VaListDecl,
6350 SourceLocation(),
6351 SourceLocation(),
6352 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"),
6353 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006354 /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6355 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006356 /*Mutable=*/false,
6357 ICIS_NoInit);
6358 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
6359 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field);
6360
6361 // };
6362 VaListDecl->completeDefinition();
6363
6364 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list;
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006365 QualType T = Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl);
6366 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(T, "__builtin_va_list");
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006367}
6368
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006369static TypedefDecl *
6370CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) {
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006371 // struct __va_list_tag {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006372 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl;
Alp Toker2dea15b2013-12-17 01:22:38 +00006373 VaListTagDecl = Context->buildImplicitRecord("__va_list_tag");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006374 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition();
6375
6376 const size_t NumFields = 4;
6377 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields];
6378 const char *FieldNames[NumFields];
6379
6380 // long __gpr;
6381 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy;
6382 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr";
6383
6384 // long __fpr;
6385 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy;
6386 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr";
6387
6388 // void *__overflow_arg_area;
6389 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6390 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area";
6391
6392 // void *__reg_save_area;
6393 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy);
6394 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area";
6395
6396 // Create fields
6397 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) {
6398 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context),
6399 VaListTagDecl,
6400 SourceLocation(),
6401 SourceLocation(),
6402 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006403 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
6404 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr,
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006405 /*Mutable=*/false,
6406 ICIS_NoInit);
6407 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
6408 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field);
6409 }
6410 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition();
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006411 Context->VaListTagDecl = VaListTagDecl;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006412 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006413
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006414 // };
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006415
6416 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1];
6417 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1);
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006418 QualType VaListTagArrayType =
6419 Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagType, Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006420
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006421 return Context->buildImplicitTypedef(VaListTagArrayType, "__builtin_va_list");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006422}
6423
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006424static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context,
6425 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) {
6426 switch (Kind) {
6427 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList:
6428 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
6429 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList:
6430 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00006431 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList:
6432 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006433 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList:
6434 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
6435 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList:
6436 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
6437 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList:
6438 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Logan Chien57086ce2012-10-10 06:56:20 +00006439 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList:
6440 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006441 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList:
6442 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context);
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006443 }
6444
6445 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind");
6446}
6447
6448TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const {
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006449 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) {
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006450 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind());
Alp Toker56b5cc92013-12-15 10:36:26 +00006451 assert(BuiltinVaListDecl->isImplicit());
6452 }
Meador Inge5d3fb222012-06-16 03:34:49 +00006453
6454 return BuiltinVaListDecl;
6455}
6456
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006457Decl *ASTContext::getVaListTagDecl() const {
6458 // Force the creation of VaListTagDecl by building the __builtin_va_list
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00006459 // declaration.
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006460 if (!VaListTagDecl)
6461 (void)getBuiltinVaListDecl();
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00006462
Richard Smith9b88a4c2015-07-27 05:40:23 +00006463 return VaListTagDecl;
Meador Ingecfb60902012-07-01 15:57:25 +00006464}
6465
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00006466TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinMSVaListDecl() const {
6467 if (!BuiltinMSVaListDecl)
6468 BuiltinMSVaListDecl = CreateMSVaListDecl(this);
6469
6470 return BuiltinMSVaListDecl;
6471}
6472
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00006473void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006474 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00006475 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006476
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00006477 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00006478}
6479
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006480/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
6481/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006482TemplateName
6483ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
6484 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006485 unsigned size = End - Begin;
6486 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
6487
6488 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
6489 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
6490 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
6491
6492 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00006493 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00006494 NamedDecl *D = *I;
6495 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
6496 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
6497 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
6498 *Storage++ = D;
6499 }
6500
6501 return TemplateName(OT);
6502}
6503
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006504/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
6505/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006506TemplateName
6507ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6508 bool TemplateKeyword,
6509 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00006510 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
6511
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006512 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6514 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
6515
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006516 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006517 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
6518 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6519 if (!QTN) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006520 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>())
6521 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006522 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6523 }
6524
6525 return TemplateName(QTN);
6526}
6527
6528/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6529/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006530TemplateName
6531ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
6532 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006533 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00006534 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006535
6536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6537 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
6538
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006539 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006540 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
6541 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6542
6543 if (QTN)
6544 return TemplateName(QTN);
6545
6546 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6547 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006548 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6549 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006550 } else {
6551 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006552 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6553 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006554 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
6555 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6556 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
6557 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00006558 }
6559
6560 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6561 return TemplateName(QTN);
6562}
6563
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006564/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
6565/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
6566TemplateName
6567ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006568 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006569 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
6570 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
6571
6572 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6573 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006574
6575 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006576 DependentTemplateName *QTN
6577 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006578
6579 if (QTN)
6580 return TemplateName(QTN);
6581
6582 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
6583 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006584 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6585 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006586 } else {
6587 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
Richard Smitha5e69762012-08-16 01:19:31 +00006588 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>())
6589 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00006590
6591 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
6592 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6593 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
6594 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00006595 }
6596
6597 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
6598 return TemplateName(QTN);
6599}
6600
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006601TemplateName
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006602ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param,
6603 TemplateName replacement) const {
6604 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6605 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006606
6607 void *insertPos = nullptr;
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006608 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst
6609 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
6610
6611 if (!subst) {
6612 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement);
6613 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos);
6614 }
6615
6616 return TemplateName(subst);
6617}
6618
6619TemplateName
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006620ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6621 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
6622 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
6623 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
6624 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00006625
6626 void *InsertPos = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006627 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
6628 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
6629
6630 if (!Subst) {
John McCalld9dfe3a2011-06-30 08:33:18 +00006631 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param,
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00006632 ArgPack.pack_size(),
6633 ArgPack.pack_begin());
6634 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
6635 }
6636
6637 return TemplateName(Subst);
6638}
6639
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006640/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00006641/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
6642/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006643CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006644 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00006645 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Stepan Dyatkovskiy5a637922013-09-05 11:23:21 +00006646 case TargetInfo::SignedChar: return SignedCharTy;
6647 case TargetInfo::UnsignedChar: return UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006648 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
6649 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
6650 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
6651 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
6652 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
6653 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
6654 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
6655 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
6656 }
6657
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00006658 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00006659}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00006660
6661//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6662// Type Predicates.
6663//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6664
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006665/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
6666/// garbage collection attribute.
6667///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006668Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006669 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC)
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006670 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
6671
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006672 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1);
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00006673 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
6674
6675 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
6676 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
6677 // as __strong.
6678 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
6679 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
6680 return Qualifiers::Strong;
6681 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
6682 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
6683 } else {
6684 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
6685 // pointer.
6686#ifndef NDEBUG
6687 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
6688 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
6689 CT = AT->getElementType();
6690 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
6691#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006692 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00006693 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00006694}
6695
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006696//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6697// Type Compatibility Testing
6698//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00006699
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006700/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006701/// compatible.
6702static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
6703 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00006704 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006705 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00006706 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006707}
6708
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006709bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
6710 QualType SecondVec) {
6711 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
6712 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
6713
6714 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
6715 return true;
6716
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006717 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
6718 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006719 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
6720 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006721 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006722 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00006723 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6724 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
6725 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
6726 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00006727 return true;
6728
6729 return false;
6730}
6731
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006732//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6733// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
6734//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6735
6736/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
6737/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006738bool
6739ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
6740 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Douglas Gregor33b24292012-01-01 18:09:12 +00006741 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006742 return true;
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00006743 for (auto *PI : rProto->protocols())
6744 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, PI))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006745 return true;
6746 return false;
6747}
6748
Dmitri Gribenko4364fcf2012-08-28 02:49:14 +00006749/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and
6750/// Class<pr1, ...>.
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006751bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
6752 QualType rhs) {
6753 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6754 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
6755 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
6756
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006757 for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006758 bool match = false;
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006759 for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006760 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
6761 match = true;
6762 break;
6763 }
6764 }
6765 if (!match)
6766 return false;
6767 }
6768 return true;
6769}
6770
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006771/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
6772/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
6773bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
6774 bool compare) {
6775 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006776 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006777 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
6778 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006779 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006780 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
6781 return true;
6782
6783 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00006784 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006785
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006786 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006787
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006788 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006789 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006790 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6791 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006792 for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006793 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6794 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6795 // through its super class and categories.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006796 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006797 return false;
6798 }
6799 }
6800 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
6801 return true;
6802 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006803 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006804 for (auto *lhsProto : lhsQID->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006805 bool match = false;
6806
6807 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6808 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6809 // through its super class and categories.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006810 for (auto *rhsProto : rhsOPT->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006811 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6812 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6813 match = true;
6814 break;
6815 }
6816 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006817 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006818 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
6819 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006820 for (auto *I : lhsQID->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006821 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
6822 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6823 // through its super class and categories.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006824 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006825 match = true;
6826 break;
6827 }
6828 }
6829 }
6830 if (!match)
6831 return false;
6832 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006833
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006834 return true;
6835 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006836
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006837 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
6838 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
6839
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006840 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006841 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006842 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006843 for (auto *lhsProto : lhsOPT->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006844 bool match = false;
6845
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006846 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006847 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
6848 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006849 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
6850 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006851 for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006852 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6853 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6854 match = true;
6855 break;
6856 }
6857 }
6858 if (!match)
6859 return false;
6860 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006861
6862 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
6863 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
6864 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
6865 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
6866 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
6867 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
6868 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
6869 // assume that it is mismatch.
6870 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
6871 return false;
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006872 for (auto *lhsProto : LHSInheritedProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006873 bool match = false;
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00006874 for (auto *rhsProto : rhsQID->quals()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00006875 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
6876 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
6877 match = true;
6878 break;
6879 }
6880 }
6881 if (!match)
6882 return false;
6883 }
6884 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006885 return true;
6886 }
6887 return false;
6888}
6889
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00006890/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00006891/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
6892/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
6893///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006894bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
6895 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006896 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
6897 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
6898
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00006899 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006900 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
6901 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006902 return true;
6903
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006904 // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
6905 // __kindof types.
6906 auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
6907 if (succeeded)
6908 return true;
6909
6910 if (!RHS->isKindOfType())
6911 return false;
6912
6913 // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
6914 // we can assign the other way.
6915 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
6916 LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this));
6917 };
6918
6919 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) {
6920 return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6921 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6922 false));
6923 }
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006924
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006925 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) {
6926 return finish(ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6927 QualType(RHSOPT,0)));
6928 }
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00006929
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00006930 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006931 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) {
6932 return finish(canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS));
6933 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006934
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00006935 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00006936}
6937
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006938/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00006939/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006940/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
6941/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
6942/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
6943bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6944 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00006945 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
6946 bool BlockReturnType) {
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006947
6948 // Function object that propagates a successful result or handles
6949 // __kindof types.
6950 auto finish = [&](bool succeeded) -> bool {
6951 if (succeeded)
6952 return true;
6953
6954 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Expected = BlockReturnType ? RHSOPT : LHSOPT;
6955 if (!Expected->isKindOfType())
6956 return false;
6957
6958 // Strip off __kindof and protocol qualifiers, then check whether
6959 // we can assign the other way.
6960 return canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
6961 RHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
6962 LHSOPT->stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(*this),
6963 BlockReturnType);
6964 };
6965
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006966 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006967 return true;
6968
6969 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006970 return finish(RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ||
6971 RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType());
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006972 }
6973
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00006974 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006975 return finish(ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
6976 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
6977 false));
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006978
6979 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6980 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
6981 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
6982 if (LHS != RHS) {
6983 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006984 return finish(BlockReturnType);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006985 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00006986 return finish(!BlockReturnType);
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00006987 }
6988 else
6989 return true;
6990 }
6991 return false;
6992}
6993
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00006994/// Comparison routine for Objective-C protocols to be used with
6995/// llvm::array_pod_sort.
6996static int compareObjCProtocolsByName(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *lhs,
6997 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *rhs) {
6998 return (*lhs)->getName().compare((*rhs)->getName());
6999
7000}
7001
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007002/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007003/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects with
7004/// the given common base.
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007005/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
7006/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
7007static
7008void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007009 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *CommonBase,
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007010 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
7011 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007012 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionSet) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007013
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007014 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
7015 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
7016 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
7017 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007018
7019 // Add all of the protocols for the LHS.
7020 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSProtocolSet;
7021
7022 // Start with the protocol qualifiers.
7023 for (auto proto : LHS->quals()) {
7024 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, LHSProtocolSet);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007025 }
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007026
7027 // Also add the protocols associated with the LHS interface.
7028 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), LHSProtocolSet);
7029
7030 // Add all of the protocls for the RHS.
7031 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSProtocolSet;
7032
7033 // Start with the protocol qualifiers.
7034 for (auto proto : RHS->quals()) {
7035 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(proto, RHSProtocolSet);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007036 }
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007037
7038 // Also add the protocols associated with the RHS interface.
7039 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), RHSProtocolSet);
7040
7041 // Compute the intersection of the collected protocol sets.
7042 for (auto proto : LHSProtocolSet) {
7043 if (RHSProtocolSet.count(proto))
7044 IntersectionSet.push_back(proto);
7045 }
7046
7047 // Compute the set of protocols that is implied by either the common type or
7048 // the protocols within the intersection.
7049 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> ImpliedProtocols;
7050 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(CommonBase, ImpliedProtocols);
7051
7052 // Remove any implied protocols from the list of inherited protocols.
7053 if (!ImpliedProtocols.empty()) {
7054 IntersectionSet.erase(
7055 std::remove_if(IntersectionSet.begin(),
7056 IntersectionSet.end(),
7057 [&](ObjCProtocolDecl *proto) -> bool {
7058 return ImpliedProtocols.count(proto) > 0;
7059 }),
7060 IntersectionSet.end());
7061 }
7062
7063 // Sort the remaining protocols by name.
7064 llvm::array_pod_sort(IntersectionSet.begin(), IntersectionSet.end(),
7065 compareObjCProtocolsByName);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007066}
7067
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007068/// Determine whether the first type is a subtype of the second.
7069static bool canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ASTContext &ctx, QualType lhs,
7070 QualType rhs) {
7071 // Common case: two object pointers.
7072 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7073 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7074 if (lhsOPT && rhsOPT)
7075 return ctx.canAssignObjCInterfaces(lhsOPT, rhsOPT);
7076
7077 // Two block pointers.
7078 const BlockPointerType *lhsBlock = lhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
7079 const BlockPointerType *rhsBlock = rhs->getAs<BlockPointerType>();
7080 if (lhsBlock && rhsBlock)
7081 return ctx.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhs, rhs);
7082
7083 // If either is an unqualified 'id' and the other is a block, it's
7084 // acceptable.
7085 if ((lhsOPT && lhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && rhsBlock) ||
7086 (rhsOPT && rhsOPT->isObjCIdType() && lhsBlock))
7087 return true;
7088
7089 return false;
7090}
7091
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007092// Check that the given Objective-C type argument lists are equivalent.
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007093static bool sameObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx,
7094 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *iface,
7095 ArrayRef<QualType> lhsArgs,
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007096 ArrayRef<QualType> rhsArgs,
7097 bool stripKindOf) {
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007098 if (lhsArgs.size() != rhsArgs.size())
7099 return false;
7100
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007101 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParams = iface->getTypeParamList();
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007102 for (unsigned i = 0, n = lhsArgs.size(); i != n; ++i) {
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007103 if (ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
7104 continue;
7105
7106 switch (typeParams->begin()[i]->getVariance()) {
7107 case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Invariant:
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007108 if (!stripKindOf ||
7109 !ctx.hasSameType(lhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx),
7110 rhsArgs[i].stripObjCKindOfType(ctx))) {
7111 return false;
7112 }
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007113 break;
7114
7115 case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Covariant:
7116 if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, lhsArgs[i], rhsArgs[i]))
7117 return false;
7118 break;
7119
7120 case ObjCTypeParamVariance::Contravariant:
7121 if (!canAssignObjCObjectTypes(ctx, rhsArgs[i], lhsArgs[i]))
7122 return false;
7123 break;
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007124 }
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007125 }
7126
7127 return true;
7128}
7129
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00007130QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007131 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
7132 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007133 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
7134 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
7135 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
7136 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007137
7138 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00007139 return QualType();
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007140
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007141 // Follow the left-hand side up the class hierarchy until we either hit a
7142 // root or find the RHS. Record the ancestors in case we don't find it.
7143 llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ObjCInterfaceDecl *, const ObjCObjectType *, 4>
7144 LHSAncestors;
7145 while (true) {
7146 // Record this ancestor. We'll need this if the common type isn't in the
7147 // path from the LHS to the root.
7148 LHSAncestors[LHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl()] = LHS;
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007149
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007150 if (declaresSameEntity(LHS->getInterface(), RDecl)) {
7151 // Get the type arguments.
7152 ArrayRef<QualType> LHSTypeArgs = LHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
7153 bool anyChanges = false;
7154 if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
7155 // Both have type arguments, compare them.
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007156 if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
7157 LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007158 /*stripKindOf=*/true))
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007159 return QualType();
7160 } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
7161 // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
7162 // arguments.
7163 LHSTypeArgs = { };
7164 anyChanges = true;
7165 }
7166
7167 // Compute the intersection of protocols.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007168 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007169 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, LHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
7170 Protocols);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007171 if (!Protocols.empty())
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007172 anyChanges = true;
7173
7174 // If anything in the LHS will have changed, build a new result type.
7175 if (anyChanges) {
7176 QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(LHS->getInterface());
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007177 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, LHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
7178 LHS->isKindOfType());
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007179 return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
7180 }
7181
7182 return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(LHS, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00007183 }
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007184
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007185 // Find the superclass.
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007186 QualType LHSSuperType = LHS->getSuperClassType();
7187 if (LHSSuperType.isNull())
7188 break;
7189
7190 LHS = LHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7191 }
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007192
7193 // We didn't find anything by following the LHS to its root; now check
7194 // the RHS against the cached set of ancestors.
7195 while (true) {
7196 auto KnownLHS = LHSAncestors.find(RHS->getInterface()->getCanonicalDecl());
7197 if (KnownLHS != LHSAncestors.end()) {
7198 LHS = KnownLHS->second;
7199
7200 // Get the type arguments.
7201 ArrayRef<QualType> RHSTypeArgs = RHS->getTypeArgsAsWritten();
7202 bool anyChanges = false;
7203 if (LHS->isSpecialized() && RHS->isSpecialized()) {
7204 // Both have type arguments, compare them.
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007205 if (!sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
7206 LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHS->getTypeArgs(),
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007207 /*stripKindOf=*/true))
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007208 return QualType();
7209 } else if (LHS->isSpecialized() != RHS->isSpecialized()) {
7210 // If only one has type arguments, the result will not have type
7211 // arguments.
7212 RHSTypeArgs = { };
7213 anyChanges = true;
7214 }
7215
7216 // Compute the intersection of protocols.
7217 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
7218 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, RHS->getInterface(), Lptr, Rptr,
7219 Protocols);
7220 if (!Protocols.empty())
7221 anyChanges = true;
7222
7223 if (anyChanges) {
7224 QualType Result = getObjCInterfaceType(RHS->getInterface());
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007225 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, RHSTypeArgs, Protocols,
7226 RHS->isKindOfType());
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007227 return getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
7228 }
7229
7230 return getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType(RHS, 0));
7231 }
7232
7233 // Find the superclass of the RHS.
7234 QualType RHSSuperType = RHS->getSuperClassType();
7235 if (RHSSuperType.isNull())
7236 break;
7237
7238 RHS = RHSSuperType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7239 }
7240
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00007241 return QualType();
7242}
7243
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007244bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
7245 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
7246 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
7247 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
7248
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00007249 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
7250 // the LHS.
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007251 ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSInterface = LHS->getInterface();
7252 bool IsSuperClass = LHSInterface->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
7253 if (!IsSuperClass)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00007254 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007255
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007256 // If the LHS has protocol qualifiers, determine whether all of them are
7257 // satisfied by the RHS (i.e., the RHS has a superset of the protocols in the
7258 // LHS).
7259 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() > 0) {
Fariborz Jahanian12f7ef32014-10-13 21:07:45 +00007260 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
7261 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
7262 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
7263 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
7264 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
7265 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
7266 // Also, if RHS has explicit quelifiers, include them for comparing with LHS's
7267 // qualifiers.
7268 for (auto *RHSPI : RHS->quals())
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007269 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHSPI, SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian12f7ef32014-10-13 21:07:45 +00007270 // If there is no protocols associated with RHS, it is not a match.
7271 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00007272 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian12f7ef32014-10-13 21:07:45 +00007273
7274 for (const auto *LHSProto : LHS->quals()) {
7275 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
7276 for (auto *SuperClassProto : SuperClassInheritedProtocols)
7277 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
7278 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
7279 break;
7280 }
7281 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
7282 return false;
7283 }
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00007284 }
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007285
7286 // If the LHS is specialized, we may need to check type arguments.
7287 if (LHS->isSpecialized()) {
7288 // Follow the superclass chain until we've matched the LHS class in the
7289 // hierarchy. This substitutes type arguments through.
7290 const ObjCObjectType *RHSSuper = RHS;
7291 while (!declaresSameEntity(RHSSuper->getInterface(), LHSInterface))
7292 RHSSuper = RHSSuper->getSuperClassType()->castAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7293
7294 // If the RHS is specializd, compare type arguments.
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007295 if (RHSSuper->isSpecialized() &&
Douglas Gregor1ac1b632015-07-07 03:58:54 +00007296 !sameObjCTypeArgs(*this, LHS->getInterface(),
7297 LHS->getTypeArgs(), RHSSuper->getTypeArgs(),
Douglas Gregorab209d82015-07-07 03:58:42 +00007298 /*stripKindOf=*/true)) {
Douglas Gregorc5e07f52015-07-07 03:58:01 +00007299 return false;
Douglas Gregore83b9562015-07-07 03:57:53 +00007300 }
7301 }
7302
7303 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00007304}
7305
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00007306bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7307 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007308 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
7309 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007310
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007311 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00007312 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007313
7314 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
7315 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00007316}
7317
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00007318bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
7319 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
7320 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7321 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
7322}
7323
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007324/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007325/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007326/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007327/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007328bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
7329 bool CompareUnqualified) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00007330 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00007331 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
7332
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007333 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007334}
7335
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00007336bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Fariborz Jahanianc87c8792011-07-12 23:20:13 +00007337 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianc0f6af22011-07-12 22:05:16 +00007338}
7339
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007340bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7341 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
7342}
7343
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00007344/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
7345/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
7346/// QualType()
7347QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
7348 bool OfBlockPointer,
7349 bool Unqualified) {
7350 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
7351 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
7352 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00007353 for (const auto *I : UD->fields()) {
7354 QualType ET = I->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00007355 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
7356 if (!MT.isNull())
7357 return MT;
7358 }
7359 }
7360 }
7361
7362 return QualType();
7363}
7364
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00007365/// mergeFunctionParameterTypes - merge two types which appear as function
7366/// parameter types
7367QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionParameterTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
7368 bool OfBlockPointer,
7369 bool Unqualified) {
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00007370 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
7371 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
7372 // type is compatible with a union member
7373 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
7374 Unqualified);
7375 if (!lmerge.isNull())
7376 return lmerge;
7377
7378 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
7379 Unqualified);
7380 if (!rmerge.isNull())
7381 return rmerge;
7382
7383 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
7384}
7385
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007386QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007387 bool OfBlockPointer,
7388 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007389 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
7390 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007391 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
7392 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007393 bool allLTypes = true;
7394 bool allRTypes = true;
7395
7396 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007397 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00007398 if (OfBlockPointer) {
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00007399 QualType RHS = rbase->getReturnType();
7400 QualType LHS = lbase->getReturnType();
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00007401 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
7402 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
7403 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007404 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00007405 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007406 else
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00007407 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getReturnType(), rbase->getReturnType(), false,
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007408 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007409 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007410
7411 if (Unqualified)
7412 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
7413
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00007414 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getReturnType());
7415 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getReturnType());
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007416 if (Unqualified) {
7417 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
7418 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
7419 }
7420
7421 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007422 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007423 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007424 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007425
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00007426 // FIXME: double check this
7427 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
7428 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
7429 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00007430 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
7431 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007432
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00007433 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00007434 if (lbaseInfo.getCC() != rbaseInfo.getCC())
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00007435 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007436
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007437 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00007438 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
7439 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007440 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
7441 return QualType();
7442
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00007443 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult())
7444 return QualType();
7445
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007446 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
7447 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007448
Rafael Espindola8778c282012-11-29 16:09:03 +00007449 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
7450 allLTypes = false;
7451 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn)
7452 allRTypes = false;
7453
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00007454 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn);
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007455
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007456 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00007457 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
7458 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007459 // Compatible functions must have the same number of parameters
7460 if (lproto->getNumParams() != rproto->getNumParams())
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007461 return QualType();
7462
7463 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
7464 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
7465 return QualType();
7466
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00007467 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
7468 return QualType();
7469
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007470 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7471 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto))
7472 return QualType();
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007473
7474 // Check parameter type compatibility
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00007475 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007476 for (unsigned i = 0, n = lproto->getNumParams(); i < n; i++) {
7477 QualType lParamType = lproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
7478 QualType rParamType = rproto->getParamType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
7479 QualType paramType = mergeFunctionParameterTypes(
7480 lParamType, rParamType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
7481 if (paramType.isNull())
7482 return QualType();
7483
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007484 if (Unqualified)
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007485 paramType = paramType.getUnqualifiedType();
7486
7487 types.push_back(paramType);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007488 if (Unqualified) {
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007489 lParamType = lParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
7490 rParamType = rParamType.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007491 }
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007492
7493 if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(lParamType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007494 allLTypes = false;
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007495 if (getCanonicalType(paramType) != getCanonicalType(rParamType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007496 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007497 }
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007498
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007499 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
7500 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007501
7502 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
7503 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00007504 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007505 }
7506
7507 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
7508 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
7509
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007510 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007511 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00007512 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007513 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
7514 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
7515 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
7516 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
7517 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
7518 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007519 for (unsigned i = 0, n = proto->getNumParams(); i < n; ++i) {
7520 QualType paramTy = proto->getParamType(i);
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00007521
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00007522 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00007523 // to pass enum values.
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007524 if (const EnumType *Enum = paramTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
7525 paramTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
7526 if (paramTy.isNull())
Eli Friedman448ce402012-08-30 00:44:15 +00007527 return QualType();
7528 }
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007529
7530 if (paramTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
7531 getCanonicalType(paramTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007532 return QualType();
7533 }
7534
7535 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
7536 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007537
7538 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
7539 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00007540 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->getParamTypes(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007541 }
7542
7543 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
7544 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00007545 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007546}
7547
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007548/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them.
7549static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET,
7550 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) {
7551 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
7552 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
7553 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
7554 // type.
7555 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
7556 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType();
7557 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other))
7558 return other;
7559
7560 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any
7561 // integral type of the same size.
7562 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() &&
7563 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other))
7564 return other;
7565
7566 return QualType();
7567}
7568
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007569QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007570 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007571 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00007572 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
7573 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
7574 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00007575 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
7576 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00007577 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
7578 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007579
7580 if (Unqualified) {
7581 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
7582 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
7583 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00007584
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007585 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7586 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7587
7588 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7589 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7590 return LHS;
7591
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00007592 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00007593 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7594 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00007595 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7596 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
7597 // mismatch.
7598 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00007599 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() ||
7600 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00007601 return QualType();
7602
7603 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7604 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7605 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7606 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7607 // qualified __strong.
7608 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7609 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7610 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7611
7612 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7613 return QualType();
7614
7615 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7616 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
7617 }
7618 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7619 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
7620 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007621 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00007622 }
7623
7624 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007625
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00007626 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
7627 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007628
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007629 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
7630 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
7631 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
7632 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00007633
7634 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00007635 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
7636 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
7637 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
7638 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007639
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007640 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
7641 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
7642 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
7643
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00007644 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
7645 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
7646 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00007647
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00007648 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007649 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007650 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum
7651 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007652 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007653 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007654 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007655 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
John McCall433c2e62013-03-21 00:10:07 +00007656 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType);
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00007657 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007658 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type.
Fariborz Jahanian194904e2012-01-26 17:08:50 +00007659 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) {
7660 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType())
7661 return LHS;
7662 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType())
7663 return RHS;
7664 }
Fariborz Jahanian26d83712012-01-26 00:45:38 +00007665
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007666 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007667 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007668
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00007669 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007670 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007671#define TYPE(Class, Base)
7672#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00007673#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007674#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7675#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
7676#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007677 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007678
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00007679 case Type::Auto:
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00007680 case Type::LValueReference:
7681 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007682 case Type::MemberPointer:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007683 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007684
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007685 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007686 case Type::IncompleteArray:
7687 case Type::VariableArray:
7688 case Type::FunctionProto:
7689 case Type::ExtVector:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007690 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007691
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007692 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007693 {
7694 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007695 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7696 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007697 if (Unqualified) {
7698 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7699 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7700 }
7701 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
7702 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007703 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007704 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007705 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00007706 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007707 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007708 return getPointerType(ResultType);
7709 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007710 case Type::BlockPointer:
7711 {
7712 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00007713 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7714 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007715 if (Unqualified) {
7716 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7717 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
7718 }
7719 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
7720 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00007721 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7722 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7723 return LHS;
7724 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7725 return RHS;
7726 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
7727 }
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00007728 case Type::Atomic:
7729 {
7730 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7731 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7732 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
7733 if (Unqualified) {
7734 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7735 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7736 }
7737 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7738 Unqualified);
7739 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7740 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7741 return LHS;
7742 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7743 return RHS;
7744 return getAtomicType(ResultType);
7745 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007746 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007747 {
7748 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
7749 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
7750 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
7751 return QualType();
7752
7753 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
7754 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007755 if (Unqualified) {
7756 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7757 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
7758 }
7759
7760 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007761 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007762 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7763 return LHS;
7764 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7765 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007766 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
7767 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
7768 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
7769 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007770 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
7771 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007772 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7773 return LHS;
7774 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7775 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007776 if (LVAT) {
7777 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7778 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
7779 // has to be different.
7780 return LHS;
7781 }
7782 if (RVAT) {
7783 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
7784 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
7785 // has to be different.
7786 return RHS;
7787 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00007788 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
7789 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00007790 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
7791 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007792 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007793 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00007794 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007795 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007796 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007797 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00007798 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007799 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007800 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00007801 case Type::Complex:
7802 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
7803 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00007804 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007805 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00007806 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
7807 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007808 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00007809 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007810 case Type::ObjCObject: {
7811 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00007812 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
7813 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00007814 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7815 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
7816 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00007817 return LHS;
7818
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00007819 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00007820 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007821 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007822 if (OfBlockPointer) {
7823 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
7824 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00007825 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7826 BlockReturnType))
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007827 return LHS;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00007828 return QualType();
7829 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00007830 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
7831 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00007832 return LHS;
7833
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00007834 return QualType();
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007835 }
Xiuli Pan9c14e282016-01-09 12:53:17 +00007836 case Type::Pipe:
7837 {
7838 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
7839 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<PipeType>()->getElementType();
7840 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<PipeType>()->getElementType();
7841 if (Unqualified) {
7842 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7843 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType();
7844 }
7845 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false,
7846 Unqualified);
7847 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
7848 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7849 return LHS;
7850 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
7851 return RHS;
7852 return getPipeType(ResultType);
7853 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007854 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00007855
David Blaikie8a40f702012-01-17 06:56:22 +00007856 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!");
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00007857}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00007858
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007859bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(
7860 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType,
7861 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) {
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00007862 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedParams() !=
7863 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedParams())
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007864 return false;
7865 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI =
7866 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
7867 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI =
7868 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo();
Alp Tokerb3fd5cf2014-01-21 00:32:38 +00007869 if (FromEPI.ConsumedParameters && ToEPI.ConsumedParameters)
Alp Toker601b22c2014-01-21 23:35:24 +00007870 for (unsigned i = 0, n = FromFunctionType->getNumParams(); i != n; ++i) {
7871 if (FromEPI.ConsumedParameters[i] != ToEPI.ConsumedParameters[i])
Fariborz Jahanian97676972011-09-28 21:52:05 +00007872 return false;
7873 }
7874 return true;
7875}
7876
Chandler Carruth21c90602015-12-30 03:24:14 +00007877void ASTContext::ResetObjCLayout(const ObjCContainerDecl *CD) {
7878 ObjCLayouts[CD] = nullptr;
7879}
7880
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007881/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
7882/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
7883/// return types.
7884QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
7885 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
7886 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
7887 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
7888 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
7889 return LHS;
7890 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
7891 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
7892 return QualType();
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00007893 QualType OldReturnType =
7894 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007895 QualType NewReturnType =
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00007896 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getReturnType();
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007897 QualType ResReturnType =
7898 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
7899 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
7900 return QualType();
7901 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
7902 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
7903 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
7904 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
7905 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00007906 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7907 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Reid Kleckner896b32f2013-06-10 20:51:09 +00007908 QualType ResultType =
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00007909 getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00007910 return ResultType;
7911 }
7912 }
7913 return QualType();
7914 }
7915
7916 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
7917 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7918 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
7919 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
7920 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
7921 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
7922 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
7923 return QualType();
7924
7925 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
7926 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
7927 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
7928 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
7929 // qualified __strong.
7930 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7931 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
7932 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
7933
7934 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
7935 return QualType();
7936
7937 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
7938 return LHS;
7939 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
7940 return RHS;
7941 return QualType();
7942 }
7943
7944 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7945 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7946 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
7947 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
7948 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
7949 return LHS;
7950 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
7951 return RHS;
7952 }
7953 return QualType();
7954}
7955
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00007956//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007957// Integer Predicates
7958//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00007959
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00007960unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
Richard Smithe9521062013-10-15 04:56:17 +00007961 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00007962 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00007963 if (T->isBooleanType())
7964 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00007965 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007966 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
7967}
7968
Abramo Bagnara13640492012-09-09 10:21:24 +00007969QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00007970 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007971
7972 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
7973 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
7974 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00007975 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007976
7977 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
7978 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007979 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00007980
7981 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
7982 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007983 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
7984 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
7985 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7986 return UnsignedCharTy;
7987 case BuiltinType::Short:
7988 return UnsignedShortTy;
7989 case BuiltinType::Int:
7990 return UnsignedIntTy;
7991 case BuiltinType::Long:
7992 return UnsignedLongTy;
7993 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7994 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00007995 case BuiltinType::Int128:
7996 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007997 default:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00007998 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00007999 }
8000}
8001
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00008002ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00008003
Richard Smith1fa5d642013-05-11 05:45:24 +00008004void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD,
8005 QualType ReturnType) {}
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008006
8007//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8008// Builtin Type Computation
8009//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8010
8011/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008012/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
8013/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
8014/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
8015/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008016///
8017/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
8018/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00008019static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008020 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008021 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008022 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008023 // Modifiers.
8024 int HowLong = 0;
8025 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008026 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00008027
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008028 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008029 bool Done = false;
8030 while (!Done) {
8031 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008032 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00008033 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008034 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00008035 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008036 case 'S':
8037 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
8038 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
8039 Signed = true;
8040 break;
8041 case 'U':
8042 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
Sean Silva2a995142015-01-16 21:44:26 +00008043 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'U' modifier multiple times!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008044 Unsigned = true;
8045 break;
8046 case 'L':
8047 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
8048 ++HowLong;
8049 break;
Kevin Qinad64f6d2014-02-24 02:45:03 +00008050 case 'W':
8051 // This modifier represents int64 type.
8052 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Can't use both 'L' and 'W' modifiers!");
8053 switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getInt64Type()) {
8054 default:
8055 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected integer type");
8056 case TargetInfo::SignedLong:
8057 HowLong = 1;
8058 break;
8059 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong:
8060 HowLong = 2;
8061 break;
8062 }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008063 }
8064 }
8065
8066 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008067
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008068 // Read the base type.
8069 switch (*Str++) {
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00008070 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008071 case 'v':
8072 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
8073 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
8074 Type = Context.VoidTy;
8075 break;
Jack Carter24bef982013-08-15 15:16:57 +00008076 case 'h':
8077 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
Sean Silva2a995142015-01-16 21:44:26 +00008078 "Bad modifiers used with 'h'!");
Jack Carter24bef982013-08-15 15:16:57 +00008079 Type = Context.HalfTy;
8080 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008081 case 'f':
8082 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
8083 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
8084 Type = Context.FloatTy;
8085 break;
8086 case 'd':
8087 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
8088 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
8089 if (HowLong)
8090 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
8091 else
8092 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
8093 break;
8094 case 's':
8095 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
8096 if (Unsigned)
8097 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
8098 else
8099 Type = Context.ShortTy;
8100 break;
8101 case 'i':
8102 if (HowLong == 3)
8103 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
8104 else if (HowLong == 2)
8105 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
8106 else if (HowLong == 1)
8107 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
8108 else
8109 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
8110 break;
8111 case 'c':
8112 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
8113 if (Signed)
8114 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
8115 else if (Unsigned)
8116 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
8117 else
8118 Type = Context.CharTy;
8119 break;
8120 case 'b': // boolean
8121 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
8122 Type = Context.BoolTy;
8123 break;
8124 case 'z': // size_t.
8125 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
8126 Type = Context.getSizeType();
8127 break;
8128 case 'F':
8129 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
8130 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00008131 case 'G':
8132 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
8133 break;
8134 case 'H':
8135 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
8136 break;
Fariborz Jahaniancb6c8672013-01-04 18:45:40 +00008137 case 'M':
8138 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType();
8139 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008140 case 'a':
8141 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
8142 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
8143 break;
8144 case 'A':
8145 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
8146 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
8147 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
8148 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
8149 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
8150 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
8151 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
8152 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
8153 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
8154 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008155 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008156 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008157 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008158 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008159 break;
8160 case 'V': {
8161 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008162 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
8163 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008164 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008165
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008166 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
8167 RequiresICE, false);
8168 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008169
8170 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00008171 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00008172 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008173 break;
8174 }
Douglas Gregorfed66992012-06-07 18:08:25 +00008175 case 'E': {
8176 char *End;
8177
8178 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
8179 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
8180
8181 Str = End;
8182
8183 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
8184 false);
8185 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
8186 break;
8187 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00008188 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008189 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
8190 false);
8191 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00008192 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
8193 break;
Fariborz Jahanian73952fc2011-08-23 23:33:09 +00008194 }
8195 case 'Y' : {
8196 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType();
8197 break;
8198 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00008199 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00008200 Type = Context.getFILEType();
8201 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00008202 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008203 return QualType();
8204 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00008205 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00008206 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00008207 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00008208 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00008209 else
8210 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
8211
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00008212 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00008213 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00008214 return QualType();
8215 }
8216 break;
Rafael Espindola6cfa82b2011-11-13 21:51:09 +00008217 case 'K':
8218 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!");
8219 Type = Context.getucontext_tType();
8220
8221 if (Type.isNull()) {
8222 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext;
8223 return QualType();
8224 }
8225 break;
Eli Friedman4e91899e2012-11-27 02:58:24 +00008226 case 'p':
8227 Type = Context.getProcessIDType();
8228 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00008229 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008230
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008231 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
8232 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008233 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00008234 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008235 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
8236 case '*':
8237 case '&': {
8238 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
8239 // qualified with an address space.
8240 char *End;
8241 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
8242 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
8243 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
8244 Str = End;
8245 }
8246 if (c == '*')
8247 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
8248 else
8249 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
8250 break;
8251 }
8252 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
8253 case 'C':
8254 Type = Type.withConst();
8255 break;
8256 case 'D':
8257 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
8258 break;
Ted Kremenekf2a2f5f2012-01-20 21:40:12 +00008259 case 'R':
8260 Type = Type.withRestrict();
8261 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008262 }
8263 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00008264
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008265 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00008266 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008267
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008268 return Type;
8269}
8270
8271/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00008272QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008273 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00008274 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Eric Christopher02d5d862015-08-06 01:01:12 +00008275 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.getTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008276
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00008277 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008278
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008279 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008280 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008281 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
8282 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008283 if (Error != GE_None)
8284 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008285
8286 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
8287
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008288 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008289 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008290 if (Error != GE_None)
8291 return QualType();
8292
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00008293 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
8294 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
8295 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
8296 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
8297
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008298 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
8299 if (Ty->isArrayType())
8300 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00008301
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008302 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
8303 }
8304
David Majnemerba3e5ec2015-03-13 18:26:17 +00008305 if (Id == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo)
8306 return QualType();
8307
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008308 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
8309 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
8310
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00008311 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI(CC_C);
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00008312 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
8313
8314 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
8315
8316 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
8317 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
8318 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00008319
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00008320 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00008321 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
8322 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00008323
Jordan Rose5c382722013-03-08 21:51:21 +00008324 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00008325}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00008326
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008327static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForFunction(const ASTContext &Context,
8328 const FunctionDecl *FD) {
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008329 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008330 return GVA_Internal;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008331
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008332 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
8333 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
8334 case TSK_Undeclared:
8335 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
8336 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
8337 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008338
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008339 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
David Majnemer54e3ba52014-04-02 23:17:29 +00008340 return GVA_StrongODR;
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008341
David Majnemerc3d07332014-05-15 06:25:57 +00008342 // C++11 [temp.explicit]p10:
8343 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
8344 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
8345 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
8346 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
8347 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008348 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008349 return GVA_AvailableExternally;
8350
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008351 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008352 External = GVA_DiscardableODR;
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008353 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008354 }
8355
8356 if (!FD->isInlined())
8357 return External;
David Majnemer62f0ffd2013-08-01 17:26:42 +00008358
David Majnemer3f021502015-10-08 04:53:31 +00008359 if ((!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8360 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008361 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) ||
David Majnemer62f0ffd2013-08-01 17:26:42 +00008362 FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008363 // FIXME: This doesn't match gcc's behavior for dllexport inline functions.
8364
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008365 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
8366 // externally visible.
8367 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
8368 return External;
8369
8370 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008371 return GVA_AvailableExternally;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008372 }
8373
David Majnemer54e3ba52014-04-02 23:17:29 +00008374 // Functions specified with extern and inline in -fms-compatibility mode
8375 // forcibly get emitted. While the body of the function cannot be later
8376 // replaced, the function definition cannot be discarded.
David Majnemer73768702015-03-20 00:02:27 +00008377 if (FD->isMSExternInline())
David Majnemer54e3ba52014-04-02 23:17:29 +00008378 return GVA_StrongODR;
8379
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008380 return GVA_DiscardableODR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008381}
8382
Artem Belevich7b41f702015-09-23 17:44:53 +00008383static GVALinkage adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(GVALinkage L, const Decl *D) {
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008384 // See http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/xa0d9ste.aspx
8385 // dllexport/dllimport on inline functions.
8386 if (D->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
8387 if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR || L == GVA_StrongODR)
8388 return GVA_AvailableExternally;
Artem Belevich7b41f702015-09-23 17:44:53 +00008389 } else if (D->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008390 if (L == GVA_DiscardableODR)
8391 return GVA_StrongODR;
8392 }
8393 return L;
8394}
8395
8396GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) const {
Artem Belevich7b41f702015-09-23 17:44:53 +00008397 return adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(basicGVALinkageForFunction(*this, FD),
8398 FD);
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008399}
8400
8401static GVALinkage basicGVALinkageForVariable(const ASTContext &Context,
8402 const VarDecl *VD) {
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008403 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible())
8404 return GVA_Internal;
8405
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008406 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
8407 GVALinkage StaticLocalLinkage = GVA_DiscardableODR;
8408 const DeclContext *LexicalContext = VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod();
8409 while (LexicalContext && !isa<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext))
8410 LexicalContext = LexicalContext->getLexicalParent();
8411
Richard Smith9e2341d2015-03-23 03:25:59 +00008412 // Let the static local variable inherit its linkage from the nearest
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008413 // enclosing function.
8414 if (LexicalContext)
8415 StaticLocalLinkage =
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008416 Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(cast<FunctionDecl>(LexicalContext));
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008417
8418 // GVA_StrongODR function linkage is stronger than what we need,
8419 // downgrade to GVA_DiscardableODR.
8420 // This allows us to discard the variable if we never end up needing it.
8421 return StaticLocalLinkage == GVA_StrongODR ? GVA_DiscardableODR
8422 : StaticLocalLinkage;
8423 }
8424
Hans Wennborg56fc62b2014-07-17 20:25:23 +00008425 // MSVC treats in-class initialized static data members as definitions.
8426 // By giving them non-strong linkage, out-of-line definitions won't
8427 // cause link errors.
8428 if (Context.isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
8429 return GVA_DiscardableODR;
8430
Richard Smith8809a0c2013-09-27 20:14:12 +00008431 switch (VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008432 case TSK_Undeclared:
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008433 return GVA_StrongExternal;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008434
David Majnemer6d1780c2015-07-17 23:36:49 +00008435 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
David Majnemer3f021502015-10-08 04:53:31 +00008436 return Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
8437 VD->isStaticDataMember()
David Majnemer6d1780c2015-07-17 23:36:49 +00008438 ? GVA_StrongODR
8439 : GVA_StrongExternal;
8440
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008441 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
David Majnemer54e3ba52014-04-02 23:17:29 +00008442 return GVA_StrongODR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008443
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008444 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
8445 return GVA_AvailableExternally;
8446
Rafael Espindola3ae00052013-05-13 00:12:11 +00008447 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008448 return GVA_DiscardableODR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008449 }
Rafael Espindola27699c82013-05-13 14:05:53 +00008450
8451 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008452}
8453
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008454GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
Artem Belevich7b41f702015-09-23 17:44:53 +00008455 return adjustGVALinkageForAttributes(basicGVALinkageForVariable(*this, VD),
8456 VD);
Hans Wennborgb0f2f142014-05-15 22:07:49 +00008457}
8458
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00008459bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008460 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
8461 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
8462 return false;
Renato Golin9258aa52014-05-21 10:40:27 +00008463 // Global named register variables (GNU extension) are never emitted.
8464 if (VD->getStorageClass() == SC_Register)
8465 return false;
Richard Smith7747ce22015-08-19 20:49:38 +00008466 if (VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
8467 isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
8468 return false;
Richard Smith5205a8c2013-04-01 20:22:16 +00008469 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
8470 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template.
8471 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
8472 return false;
Alexey Bataev97720002014-11-11 04:05:39 +00008473 } else if (isa<OMPThreadPrivateDecl>(D))
8474 return true;
8475 else
Richard Smith5205a8c2013-04-01 20:22:16 +00008476 return false;
8477
8478 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it.
8479 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008480 return false;
8481
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00008482 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
8483 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
8484 return false;
8485
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008486 // Aliases and used decls are required.
8487 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
8488 return true;
8489
8490 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
8491 // Forward declarations aren't required.
Alexis Hunt4a8ea102011-05-06 20:44:56 +00008492 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
Nick Lewycky26da4dd2011-07-18 05:26:13 +00008493 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008494
8495 // Constructors and destructors are required.
8496 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
8497 return true;
8498
John McCall6bd2a892013-01-25 22:31:03 +00008499 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes
8500 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though.
8501 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
8502 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8503 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
8504 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
8505 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD);
8506 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
8507 return true;
8508 }
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008509 }
8510 }
8511
8512 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
8513
8514 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
8515 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
8516 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
David Majnemer27d69db2014-04-28 22:17:59 +00008517 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_AvailableExternally ||
8518 Linkage == GVA_DiscardableODR)
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008519 return false;
8520 return true;
8521 }
Douglas Gregor87d81242011-09-10 00:22:34 +00008522
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008523 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
8524 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
8525
Hans Wennborg56fc62b2014-07-17 20:25:23 +00008526 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
8527 !isMSStaticDataMemberInlineDefinition(VD))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00008528 return false;
8529
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00008530 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008531 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
David Majnemerc3d07332014-05-15 06:25:57 +00008532 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_AvailableExternally &&
8533 L != GVA_DiscardableODR)
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00008534 return true;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008535
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00008536 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required.
8537 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType())
8538 return true;
8539
8540 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required.
Richard Smith7747ce22015-08-19 20:49:38 +00008541 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this) &&
8542 !VD->evaluateValue())
Richard Smitha0e5e542012-11-12 21:38:00 +00008543 return true;
8544
8545 return false;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00008546}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00008547
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00008548CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCallingConvention(bool IsVariadic,
8549 bool IsCXXMethod) const {
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00008550 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00008551 if (IsCXXMethod)
8552 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(IsVariadic);
Timur Iskhodzhanovc5098ad2012-07-12 09:50:54 +00008553
Alexander Kornienko21de0ae2015-01-20 11:20:41 +00008554 if (LangOpts.MRTD && !IsVariadic) return CC_X86StdCall;
8555
8556 return Target->getDefaultCallingConv(TargetInfo::CCMT_Unknown);
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00008557}
8558
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00008559bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00008560 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
8561 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
8562}
8563
Reid Kleckner96f8f932014-02-05 17:27:08 +00008564VTableContextBase *ASTContext::getVTableContext() {
8565 if (!VTContext.get()) {
8566 if (Target->getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
8567 VTContext.reset(new MicrosoftVTableContext(*this));
8568 else
8569 VTContext.reset(new ItaniumVTableContext(*this));
8570 }
8571 return VTContext.get();
8572}
8573
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00008574MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00008575 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) {
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +00008576 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00008577 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium:
8578 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM:
Zoran Jovanovic26a12162015-02-18 15:21:35 +00008579 case TargetCXXABI::GenericMIPS:
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00008580 case TargetCXXABI::iOS:
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00008581 case TargetCXXABI::iOS64:
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +00008582 case TargetCXXABI::WebAssembly:
Tim Northover756447a2015-10-30 16:30:36 +00008583 case TargetCXXABI::WatchOS:
Timur Iskhodzhanov67455222013-10-03 06:26:13 +00008584 return ItaniumMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
John McCall359b8852013-01-25 22:30:49 +00008585 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft:
Timur Iskhodzhanov67455222013-10-03 06:26:13 +00008586 return MicrosoftMangleContext::create(*this, getDiagnostics());
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00008587 }
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00008588 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI");
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00008589}
8590
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +00008591CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00008592
8593size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
Larisse Voufo39a1e502013-08-06 01:03:05 +00008594 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() +
8595 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) +
8596 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) +
8597 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) +
8598 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) +
8599 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) +
8600 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(TemplateOrInstantiation) +
8601 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) +
8602 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) +
8603 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) +
8604 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) +
8605 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) +
8606 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) +
8607 llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern);
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00008608}
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00008609
Stepan Dyatkovskiy5a637922013-09-05 11:23:21 +00008610/// getIntTypeForBitwidth -
8611/// sets integer QualTy according to specified details:
8612/// bitwidth, signed/unsigned.
8613/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
8614QualType ASTContext::getIntTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth,
8615 unsigned Signed) const {
8616 TargetInfo::IntType Ty = getTargetInfo().getIntTypeByWidth(DestWidth, Signed);
8617 CanQualType QualTy = getFromTargetType(Ty);
8618 if (!QualTy && DestWidth == 128)
8619 return Signed ? Int128Ty : UnsignedInt128Ty;
8620 return QualTy;
8621}
8622
8623/// getRealTypeForBitwidth -
8624/// sets floating point QualTy according to specified bitwidth.
8625/// Returns empty type if there is no appropriate target types.
8626QualType ASTContext::getRealTypeForBitwidth(unsigned DestWidth) const {
8627 TargetInfo::RealType Ty = getTargetInfo().getRealTypeByWidth(DestWidth);
8628 switch (Ty) {
8629 case TargetInfo::Float:
8630 return FloatTy;
8631 case TargetInfo::Double:
8632 return DoubleTy;
8633 case TargetInfo::LongDouble:
8634 return LongDoubleTy;
8635 case TargetInfo::NoFloat:
8636 return QualType();
8637 }
8638
8639 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::RealType value");
8640}
8641
Eli Friedman3b7d46c2013-07-10 00:30:46 +00008642void ASTContext::setManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned Number) {
8643 if (Number > 1)
8644 MangleNumbers[ND] = Number;
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00008645}
8646
Eli Friedman3b7d46c2013-07-10 00:30:46 +00008647unsigned ASTContext::getManglingNumber(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
8648 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
8649 MangleNumbers.find(ND);
8650 return I != MangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
David Blaikie095deba2012-11-14 01:52:05 +00008651}
8652
David Majnemer2206bf52014-03-05 08:57:59 +00008653void ASTContext::setStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD, unsigned Number) {
8654 if (Number > 1)
8655 StaticLocalNumbers[VD] = Number;
8656}
8657
8658unsigned ASTContext::getStaticLocalNumber(const VarDecl *VD) const {
8659 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I =
8660 StaticLocalNumbers.find(VD);
8661 return I != StaticLocalNumbers.end() ? I->second : 1;
8662}
8663
Eli Friedman3b7d46c2013-07-10 00:30:46 +00008664MangleNumberingContext &
8665ASTContext::getManglingNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
Reid Klecknerd8110b62013-09-10 20:14:30 +00008666 assert(LangOpts.CPlusPlus); // We don't need mangling numbers for plain C.
8667 MangleNumberingContext *&MCtx = MangleNumberingContexts[DC];
8668 if (!MCtx)
8669 MCtx = createMangleNumberingContext();
8670 return *MCtx;
8671}
8672
8673MangleNumberingContext *ASTContext::createMangleNumberingContext() const {
8674 return ABI->createMangleNumberingContext();
Douglas Gregor63798542012-02-20 19:44:39 +00008675}
8676
David Majnemere7a818f2015-03-06 18:53:55 +00008677const CXXConstructorDecl *
8678ASTContext::getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
8679 return ABI->getCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
8680 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()));
8681}
8682
8683void ASTContext::addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
8684 CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
8685 return ABI->addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(
8686 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getFirstDecl()),
8687 cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl()));
8688}
8689
David Majnemerdfa6d202015-03-11 18:36:39 +00008690void ASTContext::addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
8691 unsigned ParmIdx, Expr *DAE) {
8692 ABI->addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(
8693 cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl()), ParmIdx, DAE);
8694}
8695
8696Expr *ASTContext::getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
8697 unsigned ParmIdx) {
8698 return ABI->getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(
8699 cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(CD->getFirstDecl()), ParmIdx);
8700}
8701
David Majnemer00350522015-08-31 18:48:39 +00008702void ASTContext::addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
8703 TypedefNameDecl *DD) {
8704 return ABI->addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
8705}
8706
8707TypedefNameDecl *
8708ASTContext::getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
8709 return ABI->getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
8710}
8711
8712void ASTContext::addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TagDecl *TD,
8713 DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
8714 return ABI->addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD, DD);
8715}
8716
8717DeclaratorDecl *ASTContext::getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(const TagDecl *TD) {
8718 return ABI->getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD);
8719}
8720
Ted Kremenek540017e2011-10-06 05:00:56 +00008721void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) {
8722 ParamIndices[D] = index;
8723}
8724
8725unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const {
8726 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D);
8727 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() &&
8728 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl");
8729 return I->second;
8730}
Fariborz Jahanian615de762013-05-28 17:37:39 +00008731
Richard Smithe6c01442013-06-05 00:46:14 +00008732APValue *
8733ASTContext::getMaterializedTemporaryValue(const MaterializeTemporaryExpr *E,
8734 bool MayCreate) {
8735 assert(E && E->getStorageDuration() == SD_Static &&
8736 "don't need to cache the computed value for this temporary");
David Majnemer2dcef9e2015-08-13 23:50:15 +00008737 if (MayCreate) {
8738 APValue *&MTVI = MaterializedTemporaryValues[E];
8739 if (!MTVI)
8740 MTVI = new (*this) APValue;
8741 return MTVI;
8742 }
Richard Smithe6c01442013-06-05 00:46:14 +00008743
David Majnemer2dcef9e2015-08-13 23:50:15 +00008744 return MaterializedTemporaryValues.lookup(E);
Richard Smithe6c01442013-06-05 00:46:14 +00008745}
8746
Fariborz Jahanian615de762013-05-28 17:37:39 +00008747bool ASTContext::AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(const AtomicExpr *E) const {
8748 const llvm::Triple &T = getTargetInfo().getTriple();
8749 if (!T.isOSDarwin())
8750 return false;
8751
Bob Wilson2c82c3d2013-11-02 23:27:49 +00008752 if (!(T.isiOS() && T.isOSVersionLT(7)) &&
8753 !(T.isMacOSX() && T.isOSVersionLT(10, 9)))
8754 return false;
8755
Fariborz Jahanian615de762013-05-28 17:37:39 +00008756 QualType AtomicTy = E->getPtr()->getType()->getPointeeType();
8757 CharUnits sizeChars = getTypeSizeInChars(AtomicTy);
8758 uint64_t Size = sizeChars.getQuantity();
8759 CharUnits alignChars = getTypeAlignInChars(AtomicTy);
8760 unsigned Align = alignChars.getQuantity();
8761 unsigned MaxInlineWidthInBits = getTargetInfo().getMaxAtomicInlineWidth();
8762 return (Size != Align || toBits(sizeChars) > MaxInlineWidthInBits);
8763}
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008764
8765namespace {
8766
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008767ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(
8768 ASTContext::ParentMapPointers::mapped_type U) {
Benjamin Kramerfbfa7a12015-10-22 11:26:35 +00008769 if (const auto *D = U.dyn_cast<const Decl *>())
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008770 return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*D);
Benjamin Kramerfbfa7a12015-10-22 11:26:35 +00008771 if (const auto *S = U.dyn_cast<const Stmt *>())
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008772 return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*S);
Benjamin Kramerfbfa7a12015-10-22 11:26:35 +00008773 return *U.get<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>();
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008774}
8775
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008776/// Template specializations to abstract away from pointers and TypeLocs.
8777/// @{
8778template <typename T>
8779ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const T &Node) {
8780 return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(*Node);
8781}
8782template <>
8783ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode createDynTypedNode(const TypeLoc &Node) {
8784 return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
8785}
8786template <>
8787ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode
8788createDynTypedNode(const NestedNameSpecifierLoc &Node) {
8789 return ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(Node);
8790}
8791/// @}
8792
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008793 /// \brief A \c RecursiveASTVisitor that builds a map from nodes to their
8794 /// parents as defined by the \c RecursiveASTVisitor.
8795 ///
8796 /// Note that the relationship described here is purely in terms of AST
8797 /// traversal - there are other relationships (for example declaration context)
8798 /// in the AST that are better modeled by special matchers.
8799 ///
Benjamin Kramere8c51fd2015-10-21 10:07:26 +00008800 /// FIXME: Currently only builds up the map using \c Stmt and \c Decl nodes.
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008801 class ParentMapASTVisitor : public RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> {
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008802 public:
8803 /// \brief Builds and returns the translation unit's parent map.
8804 ///
8805 /// The caller takes ownership of the returned \c ParentMap.
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008806 static std::pair<ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *,
8807 ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *>
8808 buildMap(TranslationUnitDecl &TU) {
8809 ParentMapASTVisitor Visitor(new ASTContext::ParentMapPointers,
8810 new ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes);
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008811 Visitor.TraverseDecl(&TU);
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008812 return std::make_pair(Visitor.Parents, Visitor.OtherParents);
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008813 }
8814
8815 private:
8816 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor> VisitorBase;
8817
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008818 ParentMapASTVisitor(ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents,
8819 ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents)
8820 : Parents(Parents), OtherParents(OtherParents) {}
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008821
8822 bool shouldVisitTemplateInstantiations() const {
8823 return true;
8824 }
8825 bool shouldVisitImplicitCode() const {
8826 return true;
8827 }
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008828
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008829 template <typename T, typename MapNodeTy, typename BaseTraverseFn,
8830 typename MapTy>
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008831 bool TraverseNode(T Node, MapNodeTy MapNode,
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008832 BaseTraverseFn BaseTraverse, MapTy *Parents) {
Craig Topper36250ad2014-05-12 05:36:57 +00008833 if (!Node)
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008834 return true;
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +00008835 if (ParentStack.size() > 0) {
Benjamin Kramere8c51fd2015-10-21 10:07:26 +00008836 // FIXME: Currently we add the same parent multiple times, but only
8837 // when no memoization data is available for the type.
8838 // For example when we visit all subexpressions of template
8839 // instantiations; this is suboptimal, but benign: the only way to
8840 // visit those is with hasAncestor / hasParent, and those do not create
8841 // new matches.
8842 // The plan is to enable DynTypedNode to be storable in a map or hash
8843 // map. The main problem there is to implement hash functions /
8844 // comparison operators for all types that DynTypedNode supports that
8845 // do not have pointer identity.
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008846 auto &NodeOrVector = (*Parents)[MapNode];
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +00008847 if (NodeOrVector.isNull()) {
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008848 if (const auto *D = ParentStack.back().get<Decl>())
8849 NodeOrVector = D;
8850 else if (const auto *S = ParentStack.back().get<Stmt>())
8851 NodeOrVector = S;
8852 else
8853 NodeOrVector =
8854 new ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode(ParentStack.back());
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +00008855 } else {
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008856 if (!NodeOrVector.template is<ASTContext::ParentVector *>()) {
8857 auto *Vector = new ASTContext::ParentVector(
8858 1, getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(NodeOrVector));
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008859 if (auto *Node =
8860 NodeOrVector
8861 .template dyn_cast<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode *>())
8862 delete Node;
Benjamin Kramer422b3ff2015-10-23 13:24:18 +00008863 NodeOrVector = Vector;
Samuel Benzaquen3ca0a7b2014-06-13 13:31:40 +00008864 }
Samuel Benzaquen3ca0a7b2014-06-13 13:31:40 +00008865
8866 auto *Vector =
8867 NodeOrVector.template get<ASTContext::ParentVector *>();
8868 // Skip duplicates for types that have memoization data.
8869 // We must check that the type has memoization data before calling
8870 // std::find() because DynTypedNode::operator== can't compare all
8871 // types.
8872 bool Found = ParentStack.back().getMemoizationData() &&
8873 std::find(Vector->begin(), Vector->end(),
8874 ParentStack.back()) != Vector->end();
8875 if (!Found)
8876 Vector->push_back(ParentStack.back());
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +00008877 }
8878 }
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008879 ParentStack.push_back(createDynTypedNode(Node));
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008880 bool Result = BaseTraverse();
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008881 ParentStack.pop_back();
8882 return Result;
8883 }
8884
8885 bool TraverseDecl(Decl *DeclNode) {
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008886 return TraverseNode(DeclNode, DeclNode,
8887 [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseDecl(DeclNode); },
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008888 Parents);
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008889 }
8890
8891 bool TraverseStmt(Stmt *StmtNode) {
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008892 return TraverseNode(StmtNode, StmtNode,
8893 [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseStmt(StmtNode); },
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008894 Parents);
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008895 }
8896
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008897 bool TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLoc TypeLocNode) {
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008898 return TraverseNode(
8899 TypeLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(TypeLocNode),
8900 [&] { return VisitorBase::TraverseTypeLoc(TypeLocNode); },
8901 OtherParents);
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008902 }
8903
8904 bool TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLocNode) {
8905 return TraverseNode(
8906 NNSLocNode, ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode::create(NNSLocNode),
Richard Smith85838722015-11-24 03:09:01 +00008907 [&] {
8908 return VisitorBase::TraverseNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NNSLocNode);
8909 },
8910 OtherParents);
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008911 }
8912
8913 ASTContext::ParentMapPointers *Parents;
8914 ASTContext::ParentMapOtherNodes *OtherParents;
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008915 llvm::SmallVector<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode, 16> ParentStack;
8916
8917 friend class RecursiveASTVisitor<ParentMapASTVisitor>;
8918 };
8919
Eugene Zelenkod4304d22015-11-04 21:37:17 +00008920} // anonymous namespace
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008921
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008922template <typename NodeTy, typename MapTy>
8923static ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList getDynNodeFromMap(const NodeTy &Node,
8924 const MapTy &Map) {
8925 auto I = Map.find(Node);
8926 if (I == Map.end()) {
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008927 return llvm::ArrayRef<ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode>();
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008928 }
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008929 if (auto *V = I->second.template dyn_cast<ASTContext::ParentVector *>()) {
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008930 return llvm::makeArrayRef(*V);
Manuel Klimek95403e62014-05-21 13:28:59 +00008931 }
Benjamin Kramer8e4a1762015-10-22 11:21:40 +00008932 return getSingleDynTypedNodeFromParentMap(I->second);
Reid Kleckner2ab0ac52013-06-17 12:56:08 +00008933}
Fariborz Jahaniand36150d2013-07-15 21:22:08 +00008934
Benjamin Kramer94355ae2015-10-23 09:04:55 +00008935ASTContext::DynTypedNodeList
8936ASTContext::getParents(const ast_type_traits::DynTypedNode &Node) {
8937 if (!PointerParents) {
8938 // We always need to run over the whole translation unit, as
8939 // hasAncestor can escape any subtree.
8940 auto Maps = ParentMapASTVisitor::buildMap(*getTranslationUnitDecl());
8941 PointerParents.reset(Maps.first);
8942 OtherParents.reset(Maps.second);
8943 }
8944 if (Node.getNodeKind().hasPointerIdentity())
8945 return getDynNodeFromMap(Node.getMemoizationData(), *PointerParents);
8946 return getDynNodeFromMap(Node, *OtherParents);
8947}
8948
Fariborz Jahaniand36150d2013-07-15 21:22:08 +00008949bool
8950ASTContext::ObjCMethodsAreEqual(const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
8951 const ObjCMethodDecl *MethodImpl) {
8952 // No point trying to match an unavailable/deprecated mothod.
8953 if (MethodDecl->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()
8954 || MethodDecl->hasAttr<DeprecatedAttr>())
8955 return false;
8956 if (MethodDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier() !=
8957 MethodImpl->getObjCDeclQualifier())
8958 return false;
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00008959 if (!hasSameType(MethodDecl->getReturnType(), MethodImpl->getReturnType()))
Fariborz Jahaniand36150d2013-07-15 21:22:08 +00008960 return false;
8961
8962 if (MethodDecl->param_size() != MethodImpl->param_size())
8963 return false;
8964
8965 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator IM = MethodImpl->param_begin(),
8966 IF = MethodDecl->param_begin(), EM = MethodImpl->param_end(),
8967 EF = MethodDecl->param_end();
8968 IM != EM && IF != EF; ++IM, ++IF) {
8969 const ParmVarDecl *DeclVar = (*IF);
8970 const ParmVarDecl *ImplVar = (*IM);
8971 if (ImplVar->getObjCDeclQualifier() != DeclVar->getObjCDeclQualifier())
8972 return false;
8973 if (!hasSameType(DeclVar->getType(), ImplVar->getType()))
8974 return false;
8975 }
8976 return (MethodDecl->isVariadic() == MethodImpl->isVariadic());
8977
8978}
Richard Smith053f6c62014-05-16 23:01:30 +00008979
8980// Explicitly instantiate this in case a Redeclarable<T> is used from a TU that
8981// doesn't include ASTContext.h
8982template
8983clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
8984 const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::ValueType
8985clang::LazyGenerationalUpdatePtr<
8986 const Decl *, Decl *, &ExternalASTSource::CompleteRedeclChain>::makeValue(
8987 const clang::ASTContext &Ctx, Decl *Value);